Philips MDR533H MDR535H MDR537H F7 Dfu Aen
MDR533H MDR535H MDR537H mdr533h_f7_dfu_est
MDR537H to the manual 1bcc417f-2345-48f9-9d1f-58f7038c0eab
User Manual: Philips MDR533H MDR535H MDR537H
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 132
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Introduction Owner's Manual Connections MDR533H MDR535H MDR537H HDD & DVD Recorder with Digital Tuner The model and serial numbers of this unit may be found on the cabinet. You should record and retain those numbers for future reference. Recording Need help fast? Read your Quick Guide and/or Owner's Manual first for quick tips that make using your Magnavox product more enjoyable. If you have read your instructions and still need assistance, you may access our online help at www.magnavox.com/support or call 1-800-605-8610 while with your product. Basic Setup Thank you for choosing Magnavox. Model No.: INSTRUCCIONES EN ESPAÑOL INCLUIDAS. Playback Serial No.: Please refer to the back cover of the manual for more Limited Warranty information. Editing Function Setup Others Español © 2013 Funai Electric Co., Ltd. SAFETY INFORMATION Safety Instructions WARNING: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS APPARATUS TO RAIN OR MOISTURE. APPARATUS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED TO DRIPPING OR SPLASHING AND NO OBJECTS FILLED WITH LIQUIDS, SUCH AS VASES, SHALL BE PLACED ON THE APPARATUS. CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. Important notes and ratings are located on the rear or bottom of the cabinet. The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons. The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance. The symbol for CLASS ll (Double Insulation) IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Read these instructions. Keep these instructions. Heed all warnings. Follow all instructions. Do not use this apparatus near water. Clean only with dry cloth. Do not block anyy ventilation openings. p g Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 8. Do not install near anyy heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, g stoves, or other apparatus pp (including amplifiers) that produce heat. 9. Do not defeat the safetyy p purpose p of the polarized or g p grounding-type g yp p plug. g Ap polarized plug p g has two blades with one wider than the other. A g grounding g type yp p plug g has two blades and a third g grounding gp prong. g The wide blade or the third p prong g are p provided for yyour safety. y If the p provided p plug g does not fit into yyour outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete outlet. 10. Protect the p power cord from being g walked on or pinched p p particularlyy at p plugs, g convenience receptacles, p and the point where they exit from the apparatus. 11. Onlyy use attachments/accessories specified by the manufacturer. 12. Use onlyy with the cart, stand, tripod, p bracket, or table specified p byy the manufacturer, or sold with the apparatus. pp When a cart is used, use caution when moving g the cart/ apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over. 13. Unplug p g this apparatus pp during g lightning g g storms or when unused for long periods of time. 14. Refer all servicing g to q qualified service p personnel. Servicing g is required q when the apparatus pp has been damaged g in anyy way, y such as p powersupply pp y cord or p plug g is damaged, g liquid q has been spilled p or objects j have fallen into the apparatus, pp the apparatus pp has been exposed p to rain or moisture, does not operate normally, or has been dropped. FCC WARNING This equipment may generate or use radio frequency energy. Changes or modifications to this equipment may cause harmful interference unless the modifications are expressly approved in the manual. The user could lose the authority to operate this equipment if an unauthorized change or modification is made. RADIO-TV INTERFERENCE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: 1) Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. 2) Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. 3) Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. 4) Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Disconnect the AC plug to shut the unit off when trouble is found or not in use. The AC plug shall remain readily available. 2 EN SAFETY INFORMATION Introduction CAUTION: Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type. WARNING: Batteries (Battery pack or battery installed) shall not be exposed to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or the like. Connections LASER SAFETY This apparatus is classified as a CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT. This apparatus employs a laser. Only a qualified service person should remove the cover or attempt to service this apparatus, due to possible eye injury. CAUTION: Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure IMPORTANT COPYRIGHT INFORMATION Unauthorized copying, broadcasting, public performance and lending of discs are prohibited. This item incorporates copy protection technology that is protected by U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights of Rovi Corporation. Reverse engineering and disassembly are prohibited. Basic Setup Do not place the unit on the furniture that is capable of being tilted by a child and an adult leaning, pulling, standing or climbing on it. A falling unit can cause serious injury or even death. Never use a gas duster on this unit. The gas trapped inside of this unit may cause ignition and explosion. To Avoid the Hazards of Electrical Shock and Fire Recording • Do not handle the power cord with wet hands. • Do not pull on the power cord when disconnecting it from an AC outlet. Grasp it by the plug. • Do not put your fingers or objects into the unit. Location and Handling Playback • Do not install the unit in direct sunlight, near strong magnetic fields, or in a place subject to dust or strong vibration. • Avoid a place with drastic temperature changes. • This apparatus should not be placed in a built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided. Make sure to leave a space of 3.9 inches (10cm) or more around this apparatus. • Depending on the environment, the temperature of this unit may increase slightly. This is not a malfunction. • Be sure to remove the disc and unplug the AC power cord from the outlet before carrying the unit. Dew Condensation Warning Editing • Dew condensation may form inside the unit in the following conditions. If so, do not use this unit at least for a few hours until its inside gets dry. - The unit is moved from a cold place to a warm place. - Under conditions of high humidity. - After heating a cold room. Note about Recycling Function Setup • This unit’s packaging materials are recyclable and can be reused. Please dispose of any materials in accordance with your local recycling regulations. • Batteries should never be thrown away or incinerated but disposed of in accordance with your local regulations concerning chemical wastes. • For product recycling information, please visit - www.magnavox.com Notice for Progressive Scan Output Others • Consumers should note that not all high definition television sets are fully compatible with this product and may cause artifacts to be displayed in the picture. In case of picture problems with 480 progressive scan output, it is recommended that the user switch the connection to the ‘standard definition’ output. If there are questions regarding your TV set compatibility with this 480p DVD recorder, please contact our customer service center. Español EN 3 SAFETY INFORMATION Supplied Accessories Remote Control (NC003UD / NC003UH) with AA (1.5 V) battery x2 Cleaning g the cabinet • Wipe the front panel and other exterior surfaces of the unit with a soft cloth. • Never use a solvent, thinner, benzene or alcohol to clean the unit. Do not spray insecticide liquid near the unit. Such chemicals may discolor the surface or damage the unit. Cleaning g discs • When a disc becomes dirty, clean it with a cleaning cloth. Wipe the disc from the center to out. Do not wipe in a circular motion. • Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners, detergent, abrasive cleaning agents or antistatic spray intended for analog records. RF coaxial cable Cleaning g the disc lens • If this unit still does not perform properly although you refer to the relevant sections and to “TROUBLESHOOTING” in this owner's manual, the laser optical pickup unit may be dirty. Consult your dealer or an Authorized Service Center for inspection and cleaning of the laser optical pickup unit. RCA audio/video cables Disc handling g • Handle the discs so that fingerprints and dust do not adhere to the surfaces of the discs. • Always store the disc in its protective case when it is not used. HDD handling g Owner’s Manual Owner’s Manual Quick Start Guide • HDD is a precision apparatus that is susceptible to vibration, strong impact or dirt. Depending on the installation environment or handling, the unit may become partially damaged or in the worst case, recording or replaying may not be available. Especially while the HDD is in motion, do not subject it to vibration or strong impact or pull out the power plug. And if a power failure occurs, the content of the recording / replaying program may be lost. • HDD rotates at high speed when in operation. Be sure that rotation has stopped and then move the unit without subjecting it to strong impact or vibration. IR signal g check If the remote control does not work properly, you can test if the remote control sends out the infrared signal with a digital camera. (With a digital camera or cellular phone including built-in camera.) Maintenance Servicing g • Please refer to relevant topics on “TROUBLESHOOTING” on pages 116-120 before returning the product. • If this unit becomes inoperative, do not try to correct the problem by yourself. There are no user-serviceable parts inside. Turn the unit to the standby mode, unplug the power plug and please call our help line mentioned on the front page to locate an Authorized Service Center. 1 Turn on the digital camera. 2 Direct a digital camera to remote control, then press and hold a button on the remote control. • If infrared light appears through digital camera, the remote control is working. Note • Cannot guarantee about 3rd party’s remote controls. Please contact the remote manufacturer if you have any problem with it. 4 EN SAFETY INFORMATION Introduction Trademark Information Kodak and KODAK Picture CD Compatible are trademarks of Kodak used under license. Connections Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries. Basic Setup Dolby® Digital Stereo Creator Recording “Dolby® Digital Stereo Creator enables consumers to create stereo DVD-Videos with stunning Dolby Digital sound tracks at home. The technology, when utilized instead of PCM recording, also saves recordable disc space, allowing for higher video resolution or extended recording time on each DVD. DVDs mastered using Dolby Digital Stereo Creator will play back on all DVDVideo players.” Note: This is true when the players are compatible with actual recordable DVD discs. Playback Editing Function Setup Others MAGNAVOX is a registered trademark of Philips Electronics North America Corporation and is used by Funai Electric Co., Ltd. and Funai Corporation, Inc. under license from Philips Electronics North America. © 2013 Funai Electric Co., Ltd. Español All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated, transcribed, downloaded or stored in any storage medium, in any form or for any purpose without the express prior written consent of Funai. Furthermore, any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited. Information in this document is subject to change without notice. Funai reserves the right to change the content herein without the obligation to notify any person or organization of such changes. EN 5 CONTENTS Introduction Introduction Recording Recording SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Safety Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Supplied Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Trademark Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Symbols Used in this Owner’s Manual. . . . . . . . . . . .9 FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . 10 Front Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 11 12 14 Connections C onnections ti Make Recording Compatible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting for Auto Chapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recording the DTV Closed Caption. . . . . . . . . . . . . Recording from a Cable Box or Satellite . . . . . . . . 43 43 43 43 BASIC RECORDING & ONE-TOUCH TIMER RECORDING. . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 AUTOSTART RECORDING . . . . . . . . 46 TIMER RECORDING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Hints for Timer Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 SPECIAL RECORDING. . . . . . . . . . . . 52 CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Antenna Connection (Required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Connecting to a TV Using Audio / Video jacks. . . 16 Connecting to a TV Using the S-Video Out jack . . 16 Connecting to a TV Using Component Video Out jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Connecting to a TV with an HDMI Compatible Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Connecting to a Cable / Satellite Box . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Connecting to a TV without Audio / Video jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Digital Audio Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Basic B asic i Setup S BEFORE YOU START . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Finding the Viewing Channel on your TV. . . . . . . Guide to On-Screen Display / Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switching HDD / DVD Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to Insert a Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INFORMATION ON RECORDING . . 41 BEFORE RECORDING . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 22 23 25 27 27 Overwriting from the Beginning of the Title . . . . 52 Overwriting in the Middle of the Title . . . . . . . . . . 52 Hints for Overwriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 DUBBING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Information on Dubbing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting for an External Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recording from an External Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . Information on DV Dubbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVC to HDD / DVD Dubbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selected Title Dubbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . One Title Dubbing (HDD to DVD only) . . . . . . . . . 54 55 57 58 59 61 63 PROTECTING A DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 PLAYING THE DISCS ON OTHER DVD PLAYERS. . . . . . . 65 Finalizing a Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Auto Finalizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 INITIAL SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 CHANNEL SETTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Auto Channel Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Adding / Deleting Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 SETTING THE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Auto Clock Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Manual Clock Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Daylight Saving Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 TUNER SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Switching Analog Mode / Digital Mode . . . . . . . . . Channel Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting TV Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTV Closed Caption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed Caption Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 35 36 38 39 Continued on the next page. 6 EN CONTENTS Editing Editing INFORMATION ON PLAYBACK . . . 67 BASIC PLAYBACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 69 70 72 73 73 SPECIAL PLAYBACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 SEARCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 SELECTING THE FORMAT OF AUDIO AND VIDEO. . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 81 81 82 82 Function F unction i S Setup LIST OF SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 SETUPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Playbackk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Others O thers h TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Editing Switching Subtitles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switching Audio Soundtrack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switching Camera Angles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reducing Block Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Deleting Selected Titles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Putting Names on Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Chapter Marks (Add). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Chapter Marks (Delete) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Chapter Marks (Delete All) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Dividing a Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Deleting a Scene of a Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Protecting a Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Hiding Chapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Setting an Index Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Putting Name on Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Erasing Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Making Edits Compatible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Deleting All Titles in HDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Playback Title / Chapter Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Track Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Time Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 EDITING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Recording 74 74 74 74 75 75 75 75 76 76 77 77 77 78 78 Guide to a Title List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Edit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 How to Access the Edit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Basic Setup Resume Playback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fast Forward / Fast Reverse Playbackk . . . . . . . . . . . Variable Skip / Variable Replay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rapid Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Step by Step Playbackk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slow Forward / Slow Reverse Playbackk . . . . . . . . . Chasing Playback during Recording. . . . . . . . . . . . Simultaneous Playback and Recording . . . . . . . . . Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marker Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repeat Playback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Random Playbackk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slide Show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Program Playbackk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Playing Back the Autostart Recording . . . . . . . . . . INFORMATION ON EDITING. . . . . . 83 Connections Direct Playback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Playback from the Title List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Playing Audio Discs and Picture Discs . . . . . . . . . . Using the Title / Disc Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction Playback Playback Error Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Function Setup LANGUAGE CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Español E spañol ñ l ESPAÑOL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Others Discos Reproducibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Códigos de Región . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Disco Grabable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Disco no Grabable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Conexión Básica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Conexión a un Televisor con un Puerto Compatible con HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Configuración Inicial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Reproducción Directa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Grabación Básica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Copiado Básica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Español LIMITED WARRANTY . . . . Back cover EN 7 FEATURES Please refer to “GLOSSARY” on page 122 for the terms used in this owner’s manual. Features This unit not only plays back the contents on internal HDD, DVD, or CD, but also offers features for you to record on HDD or DVD and edit them after that. The following features are offered with this unit. Recording This unit allows you to record on the HDD, a DVD+RW/RW (rewritable) and a DVD+R/-R (one-time write). You can choose any one for your convenience. Even if you choose DVD-RW/-R, these discs will automatically be recorded in the DVD+VR mode. HDD DVD Up to 36 program recording: You can program the unit to record up to 36 programs within a one-month period. Daily or weekly program recordings are also available. One-touch timer recording (OTR): You can easily set a recording time as you prefer. Every time [REC] is pressed during recording, the recording time will be increased by 30 minutes up to 6 hours. The recording automatically stops when the recording time you set is reached or the disc is full. Automatic chapter mark setting: Chapter marks will be put on recordings as you set before attempting to record. Automatic title list making: The unit makes a title list with the index automatically. Left channel stereo recording: This unit can record the sound of the left channel monaural input as left and right channels automatically (the input from the L2 jacks only). HDD 320 GB hard disk(MDR533H): This unit is equipped with a 320GB hard disk which allows you to record up to 371 hours (with SLP mode). You can record for 12 hours maximum at a time with timer recording. (6 hours when one-touch recording) 500 GB hard disk(MDR535H): This unit is equipped with a 500GB hard disk which allows you to record up to 604 hours (with SLP mode). You can record for 12 hours maximum at a time with timer recording. (6 hours when one-touch recording) 1 TB hard disk(MDR537H): This unit is equipped with a 1TB hard disk which allows you to record up to 1252 hours (with SLP mode). You can record for 12 hours maximum at a time with timer recording. (6 hours when one-touch recording) Autostart recording: Every time you turn on this unit, this unit automatically records the channel currently viewed and temporarily stores the recorded content to the HDD. By using this function, you can pause or go back to the TV program you are currently watching, and you can also start recording the whole TV program even at the middle of the TV program. 8 EN DVD Automatic title finalizing (DVD+R/DVD-RW/-R only): You can finalize discs automatically after finishing all timer recordings or at the end of the disc space if you set this in the main menu. Alternate recording: In the following cases, the unit will detect it and automatically record to the HDD even when DVD is selected as the recording media. - If there is no recordable disc in the unit - If the disc does not have enough space to complete the recording - If the material is “copy-once” program and prohibited to be recorded on a DVD - If the disc is not available because the repairing process is cancelled halfway This feature is available only for timer recording. Not available for one-touch timer recording. All high definition (HD) pictures will be converted down to Standard Definition, when recording on the HDD or DVD. Copyright protection system To play back the digital video images of a DVD via an HDMI connection, it is necessary that both the player and the display device (or an AV amplifier) support a copyright protection system called HDCP (high-bandwidth digital content protection system). HDCP is copy protection technology that comprises data encryption and authentication of the connected AV device. This unit supports HDCP. Please read the operating instructions of your display device (or AV amplifier) for more information. Dubbing With this unit, you can enjoy bi-directional dubbing between HDD and DVD. HDD DVD High speed dubbing (HDD ➔ DVD only): If you dub a title recorded in SLP mode to DVD+R/-R, dubbing speed will be 24 times at the maximum. Auto recording mode dubbing: When dubbing, if you set the recording mode to “Auto”, the recording mode will automatically be adjusted so the titles will fit nicely in the remaining space of the disc. DV dubbing: This function helps you to easily dub the contents of the DVC (digital video camcorder) to HDD/DVD. FEATURES Compatibility HDD DVD Symbols Used in this Owner’s Manual Playback To specify for which media type each function is, we put the following symbols at the beginning of each item to operate. * DVD-RW/-R recorded in VR mode or non compatible recording format are not playable. * DVD-RW recorded in the mode other than +VR is not recordable on this unit unless you erase all contents in the disc (refer to page 99). * DVD-R recorded in the mode other than +VR is not recordable on this unit. DVD Symbol Description Putting names on titles: You can put your favorite names on titles. Setting / clearing chapter marks: You can set / clear chapter marks on titles. Dividing titles: You can divide a title into 2 or more. For Recording, Playing Back, and Editing Editing Description refers to HDD Description refers to DVD+RW Description refers to DVD+R HDD Description refers to DVD-RW Description refers to DVD-R For Playback only Description refers to DVD-video Description refers to audio CD Description refers to video CD with PBC function Description refers to video CD without PBC function Description refers to discs with JPEG files (KODAK Picture CD files included) EN 9 Español If you do not find any of the symbols listed above under the function heading, the operation is applicable to all media. Others DVD Hiding chapters: To keep others from playing back some chapters without permission, you can hide chapters. Setting an index pictures: You may set a specific scene of a recorded title for your opening Title Menu picture. Putting name on disc: This feature allows you to set a specific Name for any recorded disc, that you may record. Function Setup Deleting a scene of a title: You can delete a scene from a title as you like. HDD DVD Progressive scan system: Unlike conventional interlace scanning, the progressive scan system provides less flickering and images in higher resolution than that of traditional television signals. HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) You can enjoy clearer audio/video output when connecting this unit to a display device with an HDMIcompatible port. Recording HDD Others Basic Setup Editing Available for a disc that is not finalized or DVD+RW. DVD Recorded DVDs are able to play in other DVD Players: Recorded discs can be played back on regular DVD players, including computer DVD drives compatible with DVD-video playback. Although DVD+R are playable on other units without finalization in most cases, it is recommended to finalize in order to stabilize the performance. For DVD-RW/-R, you need to finalize the recorded discs to play back on other DVD players. Connections Theater surround sound in your home: When connecting the unit to an amplifier or a decoder which is compatible with Dolby Digital, you can experience the theater surround sound from discs with surround sound system. Quick search for what you want to watch: You can easily find the part you want to watch using the search functions. You can search for a desired point by title, chapter or time. Variable skip: You can skip forward a certain time, which is specified in “Playback” menu in advance, with one-touch while playback. Variable replay: You can skip back a certain time, which is specified in “Playback” menu in advance, with one-touch while playback. HDD Chasing playback during recording and simultaneous playback and recording: You can play back the already recorded part of the current recording or another title during recording. DVD Playing back JPEG/KODAK Picture CD files: You can enjoy JPEG files which are recorded on DVD+RW/+R, DVD-RW/-R and CD-RW/-R, and KODAK Picture CD files which are recorded on CD-RW/-R. Deleting g a title: You may delete a recorded title. Introduction Playback FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW Front Panel 1 2 3* 4 5 15 6 7 8* 9 10 14 13 12 11 (*) The unit can also be turned on by pressing these buttons. 1. y STANDBY/ON button Press to turn on the unit, or to turn the unit to the standby mode. (To completely shut down the unit, you must unplug the AC power cord) 2. Disc tray Place a Disc after opening the disc tray. 3. AOPEN/CLOSE button* Press to Open or Close the disc tray. 4. Display Refer to “Front Panel Display” on page 14. 5. HDD button Press to select the HDD mode. 6. DVD button Press to select the DVD mode. 7. CSTOP button Press to stop Playback or Recording. 8. BPLAY button* Press to Start or Resume playback. 9. IRECORD button Press once to start a Recording. Press repeatedly to start One-Touch Timer Recording. 10 EN 10. CHANNEL / buttons Press to change the Channel up and down. 11. DV-IN jack (L3) Use to connect the DV output of External device with a DV cable. 12. AUDIO input jacks (L2) Use to connect External device with an RCA audio cable. 13. VIDEO input jack (L2) Use to connect External device with an RCA video cable. 14. S-VIDEO input jack (L2) Use to connect the S-Video output of External device with an S-Video cable. 15. Infrared sensor window Receive signals from your Remote control so that you can control the unit from a distance. FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW Introduction Rear Panel 1 2 4 3 VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT L 12 AUDIO IN (L1) Y L IN R S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT 11 10 9 OUT Connections R ANTENNA 5 COAXIAL S-VIDEO 8 7 6 AC plug Recording Playback 8. COMPONENT VIDEO OUTPUT jacks Use to connect a TV monitor with component video inputs with a component video cable. 9. AUDIO OUT jacks Use to connect a TV monitor, AV Receiver or other devices with a set of RCA audio cables. 10. S-VIDEO IN jack (L1) Use to connect an External device, by an S-Video cable. 11. AUDIO IN jacks (L1) Use to connect an External device with a set of RCA audio cables. 12. ANTENNA OUT jack Use to connect an RF coaxial cable to pass the signal from the ANTENNA IN to your TV. Basic Setup Note • Do not touch the inner pins of the jacks on the rear panel. Electrostatic discharge may cause permanent damage to the unit. • This unit does not have the RF modulator. Editing 1. ANTENNA IN jack Use to connect an Antenna / Cable Box / Satellite Receiver for RF Pass Through only. 2. VIDEO IN jack (L1) Use to connect External device with an RCA video cable. 3. VIDEO OUT jack Use to connect a TV monitor, AV receiver or other device with an RCA video cable. 4. HDMI OUT jack Use an HDMI cable to connect to a display with an HDMI compatible port. 5. AC Power Cord • Connect to a standard AC outlet to supply power to this unit. • Unplug this cord from the AC outlet to completely shut down the unit. 6. DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT (COAXIAL) jack Use to connect an AV receiver, Dolby Digital decoder or other device with a digital audio coaxial input jack with a digital audio coaxial cable. 7. S-VIDEO OUT jack Use to connect the S-Video input of a TV monitor, AV receiver or other device with an S-Video cable. Function Setup Others Español EN 11 FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW Remote Control Installing the Batteries in the Remote Control Install the 2 AA (1.5 V) batteries by matching the symbols as displayed in the Remote Control. 1 Open the cover. 1 2 2 Insert batteries. Using a Remote Control Keep in mind the following when using the remote control: • Make sure that there are no obstacles between the remote control and the infrared sensor window on the unit. • Remote operation may become unreliable if strong sunlight or fluorescent light is shining on the infrared sensor window of the unit. • Remote controls for different devices can interfere with each other. Avoid using remote controls for other devices located close to the unit. • Replace the batteries when you notice a fall off in the operating range of the remote control. • The maximum operable ranges from the unit are as follows. - Line of sight: approx. 23 feet (7m) - Either side of the center: approx. 16 feet (5m) within 30° - Above: approx. 16 feet (5m) within 15° - Below: approx. 10 feet (3m) within 30° 30˚ Make sure to match + and - on the batteries to the marks indicated in the battery compartment. 3 16feet (5m) Close the cover. 30˚ 23feet (7m) 16feet (5m) 1 18 2 19* 3 21 20 1 4 2 Note Incorrect use of batteries can result in hazards such as leakage and bursting. Please observe the following: • Lithium or ni-cad and ni-mh rechargeable batteries are not recommended to use for remote control. • Do not mix different types of batteries such as alkaline and standard (carbon-zinc). • Do not mix new and old batteries together. • Do not use different kinds of batteries together. Although they may look similar, different batteries may have different voltages. • Make sure that the + and - ends of each battery match the indications in the battery compartment. • Remove batteries from battery compartment that is not going to be used for a month or more. • When disposing of used batteries, please comply with governmental regulations or environmental public instruction’s rules that apply in your country or area. • Do not recharge, short-circuit, heat, burn or disassemble batteries. 12 EN 7 5 22 6 23 8 25 9 26 10 27 11 13* 15 24 28 29 12 30 14 31 16 32 17 33 34 Instructions continue on the next page. FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW Basic Setup Recording Playback Editing Function Setup 19. OPEN/CLOSE A button* • Press to Open or Close the Disc tray. 20. REPEAT button • Press to display the Repeat menu. 21. HDMI button • Press to set the HDMI Display mode-Only when using the HDMI connection. 22. CLEAR button • Press to clear the information once entered, to clear the marker settings, or to cancel the programming for CD, etc. 23. TIMER PROG. button • Press to display the Timer Programming list. 24. DVD button • Press to select the DVD mode. 25. TITLE button • Press to display the Title list. 26. OK button • Press to Confirm or Select Menu items. 27. RETURN button • Press to return to the previously displayed menu screen. 28. SKIP button • Skips by the amount of Time Set in Advance. 29. REPLAY button • Replays by the amount of Time Set in Advance. 30. FFW D button • During playback, press to Fast Forward the playback. • When playback is in pause, press to Slow Forward the playback. 31.NEXT G button • During playback, press to Skip to the next chapter, track or file. • When playback is in pause, press repeatedly to Forward the playback step by step. 32. RAPID PLAY button • During playback, press to Play Back in a slightly Slower-0.8x/Faster-1.3x/Normal mode while Keeping the Sound output. 33. DUBBING button • During playback, press to start Dubbing right away. • In stop mode, press to display “Dubbing” menu. 34. REC MODE button • Press repeatedly to switch the Recording mode. Connections Note • If using a universal remote, please check for any additional remote code or contact the manufacturer for additional assistances. • Cannot guarantee about 3rd party’s remote controls. Please contact the remote manufacturer if you have any problem with it. Others Español 1. DTV/TV button • Press to switch between Digital TV (DTV) mode and Analog TV (TV) mode. 2. STANDBY/ON y button • Press to turn On the unit, or to turn the unit to the Standby mode. (To completely shut down the unit, you must unplug the AC power cord) 3. AUDIO button • Press to switch the Audio language for digital TV. • Press to display the Audio menu during playback. 4. Number/Character buttons • Press to select Channel numbers. • Press to select a title/chapter/track/file on display. • Press to enter values for the settings in the Main menu. • Press to enter Title names. 5. Decimal ( • ) button Digital mode: • Press to confirm the major / minor channel selection made by [the Number buttons]. 6. DISPLAY button • Press to turn the Display Menu on or off. 7. HDD button • Press to select the HDD mode. 8. DISC MENU button • Press to display the Disc Menu. 9. Cursor K / L / { / B buttons • Press to select items or settings. 10. MENU button • Press to display the Main Menu. • During playback, press and hold for more than 3 seconds to switch the Progressive Scanning mode to the Interlace mode. 11. CHANNEL / buttons • Press to change the Channel Up and Down. 12. REW E button • During playback, press to Fast Reverse the playback. • When playback is in pause, press to Slow Reverse the playback. 13. PLAY B button* • Press to start Playback or Resume playback. 14. PREV H button • During playback, press to return to the Beginning of the current chapter, track or file. • When playback is in Pause, press repeatedly to Reverse the playback step by step. 15. STOP C button • Press to stop Playback or Recording. • Press to exit from the Title list. 16. PAUSE F button • Press to pause Playback or Recording. 17. REC button • Press once to start a Recording. • Press repeatedly to start the One-Touch Timer Recording. 18. SOURCE button • Press to select the appropriate Input. Introduction (*) The unit can also be turned on by pressing these buttons. EN 13 FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW Front Panel Display 2 1 PM 3 DTV BS CS DR CD VCR DB HDD DVD 4 5 1. PM 4. Current status of the unit : Appears in the afternoon with the clock display. (Nothing appears in the morning.) : Appears when playback is paused. : Appears when playing back an HDD or disc. 2. DTV : Appears when the timer programming or OTR has been set and is proceeding. : Appears when the channel is in DTV mode. 3. Title /track /file and chapter mark : Appears when indicating a title / track / file number. : Appears when indicating a chapter number. Entire Display: Flashes when timer programming was not executed because of some error. 5. Displays the following • Elapsed playback time • Current title / chapter / track /file number • Recording time / remaining time • Clock • Channel number • Remaining time for one-touch timer recording • Selected HDMI output : Appears during recording process. Entire Display: Flashes when a recording pauses. : Appears when a disc is in this unit. DB : Appears during dubbing. HDD : Appears when the unit is in HDD mode. DVD : Appears when the unit is in DVD mode. Display Message Appears when the disc tray is opening. Appears when HDMI output (480p) is selected. Appears when the disc tray is closing. Appears when HDMI output (720p) is selected. Appears when a disc is loaded on the disc tray. Appears when HDMI output (1080i) is selected. Appears when data is being recorded on a disc. Appears when HDMI output (1080p) is selected. Appears when the PBC function is activated. (Video CD playback only. Refer to page 68.) 14 EN CONNECTION Introduction Read this first: 1) Disconnect the AC power cords of the devices from the AC outlet. 2) Make the connection as illustrated below. 3) After making all the connections, connect the AC power cords of the devices. Antenna Connection (Required) VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT R ANTENNA AUDIO IN (L1) RF coaxial cable Y L L IN R S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT Basic Setup rear of this unit OUT COAXIAL S-VIDEO Connections • Connect this unit directly to the TV. If the RCA audio/video cables are connected to a VCR, pictures may be distorted due to the copy protection system. • When “Progressive Scan” is set to “ON”, no video signal will be output from the VIDEO OUT or S-VIDEO OUT jack. ANT. IN This connection is for TV pass through only VHF / UHF antenna RF coaxial cable Recording ANTENNA or cable TV company Playback Choose one of the following connections depending on the jacks on your TV. Note Function Setup Supplied cables used in this connection are as follows: • RF coaxial cable x 1 Please purchase the rest of the necessary cables at your local store. Overview If Your TV has Higher Quality HDMI IN S-VIDEO IN R L AUDIO IN VIDEO IN page 19 page 17 page 16 page 16 If your device has only an ANT. IN jack ANT. IN page 20 EN Español Standard Quality If you are using cable / satellite box Others COMPONENT VIDEO IN Refer to page 17 Editing • For your safety and to avoid damage to the device, please unplug the RF coaxial cable from the ANTENNA IN jack before moving the unit. • If you use an antenna to receive analog TV, it should also work for DTV reception. Outdoor or attic antennas will be more effective than set-top versions. • ANTENNA OUT jack is for tuner pass through only. HDD / DVD playback through the RF is not possible. 15 CONNECTION Connecting to a TV Using Audio / Video jacks VIDEO IN RCA video cable VIDEO OUT AUDIO IN L L RCA audio cable R R AUDIO OUT rear of this unit VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT Y L L R AUDIO IN (L1) ANTENNA R IN S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT OUT COAXIAL ANT. IN S-VIDEO This connection is for TV pass through only RF coaxial cable VHF / UHF antenna ANTENNA or RF coaxial cable cable TV company Supplied cables used in this connection are as follows: • RF coaxial cable x 1 • RCA audio cable (L/R) x 1 • RCA video cable x 1 Please purchase the rest of the necessary cables at your local store. Connecting to a TV Using the S-Video Out jack AUDIO IN VIDEO OUT L RCA audio cable L R S-VIDEO IN S-Video cable R OUT AUDIO OUT S-VIDEO ANT. IN rear of this unit VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT L R ANTENNA AUDIO IN (L1) This connection is for TV pass through only VHF / UHF antenna RF coaxial cable RF coaxial cable Y L IN R S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT OUT COAXIAL S-VIDEO or ANTENNA 16 EN cable TV company CONNECTION Introduction Connecting to a TV Using Component Video Out jacks AUDIO IN L RCA audio cable R Connections COMPONENT VIDEO IN Y VIDEO OUT (Green) (Green) Y L (Blue) RCA component video cable (Red) (Blue) PB /CB (Red) PR /CR COMPONENT VIDEO OUTPUT AUDIO OUT rear of this unit VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT L R ANTENNA Basic Setup R AUDIO IN (L1) L IN R ANT. IN RF coaxial cable Y OUT This connection is for TV pass through only VHF / UHF antenna COAXIAL S-VIDEO S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT Recording RF coaxial cable or cable TV company ANTENNA Playback Supplied cables used in this connection are as follows: • RF coaxial cable x 1 • RCA audio cable (L/R) x 1 Please purchase the rest of the necessary cables at your local store. Connecting to a TV with an HDMI Compatible Port HDMI outputs the video / audio signals without converting to analog signals. No audio connection is required. High Speed HDMI cable (also known as HDMI category 2 cable) is recommended for better compatibility. Use an HDMI cable with the HDMI logo (a certified HDMI cable) for this connection. Editing • • • • HDMI IN HDMI cable Function Setup HDMI OUT rear of this unit VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT L L R ANTENNA AUDIO IN (L1) Y IN R S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT OUT COAXIAL S-VIDEO ANT. IN This connection is for TV pass through only VHF / UHF antenna Others Do not tilt the connector when inserting it into the HDMI jack, and make sure the shapes of the jack and the connector are matched. RF coaxial cable RF coaxial cable ANTENNA or cable TV company Español Supplied cables used in this connection are as follows: • RF coaxial cable x 1 Please purchase the rest of the necessary cables at your local store. EN 17 CONNECTION HDMI Mode and Actual Output Signals Press [HDMI] to select the HDMI output mode. The output mode changes as follows every time [HDMI] is pressed. HDMI connection makes this unit automatically output the most suitable resolution for your TV. Front Panel Display Video Output Signal 480 Progressive Press [HDMI] 720 Progressive Press [HDMI] 1080 interlaced Press [HDMI] 1080 Progressive Press [HDMI] • The HDMI mode that is not supported by the display device will be skipped. Copyright protection system To play back the digital video images of a DVD via an HDMI connection, it is necessary that both the player and the display device (or an AV amplifier) support a copyright protection system called HDCP (high-bandwidth digital content protection system). HDCP is a copy protection technology that comprises data encryption and authentication of the connected AV device. This unit supports HDCP. Please read the operating instructions of your display device (or AV amplifier) for more information. *HDMI: High Definition Multimedia Interface Note • Some devices with an HDMI input may not operate properly with this unit. • When using an HDCP-incompatible display device, the image will not be viewed properly. • Among the devices that support HDMI, some devices can control other devices via the HDMI connector; this unit can be controlled by another device via the HDMI connector. • The audio signals from the HDMI connector (including the sampling frequency, the number of channels and bit length) may be limited by the device that is connected. • Among the monitors that support HDMI, some do not support audio output (for example, projectors). In connections with device such as this unit, audio signals are not output from the HDMI output connector. • When this unit’s HDMI connector is connected to a DVI-D compatible monitor (HDCP compatible) with an HDMI-DVI converter cable, the signals are output in digital RGB. • When a power failure occurs, or when you unplug the unit, some problems with the HDMI setting might occur. Please check and set the HDMI setting again. 18 EN CONNECTION Introduction Connecting to a Cable / Satellite Box RCA video cable RCA audio cable VIDEO IN R RCA audio cable cable/satellite box R IN S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT rear of this unit ANT.OUT ANT. IN ANT. IN VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT L R AUDIO IN (L1) L IN satellite dish Y R S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT OUT This connection is for TV pass through only COAXIAL RF coaxial cable S-VIDEO RF coaxial cable RF coaxial cable Recording ANTENNA Basic Setup AUDIO IN (L1) VIDEO OUT L R R L AUDIO OUT AUDIO IN L L Connections RCA video cable VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT or cable TV company Playback ANTENNA Supplied cables used in this connection are as follows: • RF coaxial cable x 1 • RCA audio cable (L/R) x 1 • RCA video cable x 1 Please purchase the rest of the necessary cables at your local store. Editing Function Setup • Required cables and connecting methods differ depending on the cable/satellite box. For more information, please contact your cable/satellite provider. • Instead of using VIDEO OUT jack on this unit, you can also use S-VIDEO OUT jack, COMPONENT VIDEO OUTPUT jack or HDMI OUT jack for connecting to your TV. With this setup: • You can record any unscrambled non-copy protected program by selecting the channel on the cable/satellite box. Be sure that the cable/satellite box is turned on. • You cannot record one channel while watching another channel. Others Español EN 19 CONNECTION Connecting to a TV without Audio / Video jacks VHF / UHF antenna rear of this unit VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT L R ANTENNA or AUDIO IN (L1) Y L IN R OUT S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT COAXIAL S-VIDEO RF coaxial cable VIDEO OUT RCA video cable L cable TV company ANTENNA R AUDIO OUT RCA audio cable ANT. IN rear of your RF modulator (not supplied) RF coaxial cable RF coaxial cable Set channel 3 or 4 ANT. IN 3 4 CHANNEL R L AUDIO IN VIDEO IN TO TV Set channel 3 or 4 No Antenna (RF) Output! If your TV only has an Antenna input (no A /V inputs), you will need a RF modulator (NOT INCLUDED) to connect this player. ANT. IN TV RF modulator 3 4 CHANNEL L VIDEO IN R AUDIO IN TO TV ANT. IN Supplied cables used in this connection are as follows: • RF coaxial cable x 1 • RCA audio cable (L/R) x 1 • RCA video cable x 1 Please purchase the rest of the necessary cables at your local store. Note • RF modulator is not supplied with this unit. You need to purchase it at your local store. • The quality of picture may become poor if this unit is connected to an RF modulator. 20 EN No A/V Inputs CONNECTION Introduction Digital Audio Connection Dolby Digital decoder rear of this unit COAXIAL digital audio coaxial cable VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT L R IN OUT S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT Connections R AUDIO IN (L1) ANTENNA Y L COAXIAL S-VIDEO COAXIAL digital audio coaxial input jack HDMI Audio Connection rear of this unit VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT L Y L HDMI IN HDMI cable R ANTENNA AUDIO IN (L1) R IN S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT OUT COAXIAL S-VIDEO Basic Setup AV receiver / amplifier with an HDMI input jack HDMI OUT To set up “HDMI Audio” refer to pages 104 and 114. Audio format (disc) Dolby Digital Setting of this unit PCM Dolby Digital Stream PCM Digital Output 2 channel PCM Dolby Digital 2 channel PCM Dolby Digital 2 channel PCM Playback LPCM HDMI Recording To set up “Dolby Digital” refer to pages 102 and 107. Stream Actual Output Cables not included. Please purchase the necessary cables at your local store. Editing Note Function Setup • The audio source on a disc in a Dolby Digital multi channel surround format cannot be recorded as digital sound by an MD or DAT deck. • By connecting this unit to a Dolby Digital decoder, you can enjoy high-quality Dolby Digital multi channel surround sound as in movie theaters. • Playing back a DVD using incorrect digital audio settings may generate noise distortion and also damage speakers. 2 Channel Analog Audio Connection stereo system VIDEO OUT analog audio input jacks L VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT R L rear of this unit Y Others AUDIO IN L L R ANTENNA AUDIO IN (L1) IN R S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT OUT COAXIAL S-VIDEO R RCA audio cable AUDIO OUT Español Supplied cables used in these connections are as follows: • RCA audio cable (L/R) x 1 EN 21 BEFORE YOU START Finding the Viewing Channel on your TV After you have completed all the connections, you must find the viewing channel (external input channel) on your TV. 1 2 3 After you have made all the necessary connections, press [STANDBY/ON y] to turn on the unit. Turn on your TV. • If connected to your VCR make sure it is switched Off or in Standby mode before proceeding. Locate the Video/Input button on the TV’s remote control that access the external Input Channel. Press until you see the “Initial Setup” menu on the screen. Initial Setup Language English Français Español You may try to access the Video/Input mode by: -Locate the input button on the Front/Top/Side of the TV -Locate the Input Mode in the TV’s Setup Menu. If you cannot locate the Video/Input button on the TV’s remote control, refer to the TV’s user Manual or “Input Mode Names for Common TV Brands (Example)”. If more than 10 minutes has passed, you may see the MAGNAVOX screen saver. Input Mode Names for Common TV Brands (Example) Admiral AUX Panasonic TV/VIDEO Curtis LINE1, LINE2, RCA INPUT, TV/VCR, Mathis 00, 90, 91, 92, 93 00, 90, 91, 92, 93 GE INPUT, TV/VCR, Samsung TV/VIDEO 00, 90, 91, 92, 93 Hitachi INPUT, AUX Sanyo VIDEO JVC VIDEO, VIDEO 1, Sharp 00 VIDEO 2, VIDEO 3 Kenwood AUX Sony VIDEO1, VIDEO2, VIDEO3 LXI-Series 00 Toshiba TV/GAME Magnavox AUX CHANNEL Zenith 00 22 EN 4 Proceed to step 2 in “INITIAL SETTING” on page 28. WARNING: • Please finish the Initial Setup before attempting to use the device. The Device may not function correctly without an Initial Setup. Note • Video input selection varies for different brand’s models of TVs. • Consult your TV manufacturer if none of the above is successful. BEFORE YOU START This unit uses the following on-screen displays and menus to guide you to the easy operations. The on-screen displays give you the information on the loaded disc or the disc/file in playback, or the HDMI status, etc. The menus allow you to change the various kinds of settings for playing back, recording, or editing to suit your preference. Autostart Recording Information Connections The on-screen display changes in the following order as you press [DISPLAY]. OFF Introduction Guide to On-Screen Display / Menu 7 2:59:44 / 3:31:31 DTV Program Guide (only in DTV mode) CH 10 Autostart Recording Information (only in HDD mode when no titles are playing back) 4 1 HDMI Information (only for the images output through the HDMI output) 1 2 3 4 Multilingual Caption DTV TV-PG A quarter-century ago, which may now qualify as the good old days of newspapering, run-of-paper sales accounted for 80 percent of the industry's advertising revenues. 11.1 KABC 6 7 8 9 4 3 1. Starting time of the autostart recording 2. Status of the time autostart recording Live : Indicates when watching live TV B : Indicates when playing back the autostart recording. 3. The time that the picture currently displayed on the screen is broadcasted 4. Current time 5. The progress of the autostart recording 6. Current point of the playback of the autostart recording 7. Elapsed time of the playback of the autostart recording / total time of the autostart recording Editing 5 A Day of Memories 4 2 4 Signal Bad Playback DTV Program Guide 10:42AM 10:10AM Recording Title Name Information (only when DVD+RW/DVD+R/DVD-RW/DVD-R, or HDD is in playback) or File Name Information (only when a disc with JPEG/KODAK Picture CD files is in playback) 7:10AM Basic Setup 5 6 HDD / DVD Information/Menu Good Function Setup 1. Program Title(1 line displayed) 2. Audio Information (Indicates that the program being broadcasted is available in multi-languages.) 3. Closed Caption (Indicates that the program being broadcasted is available with closed captioning.) 4. Program Guide (Max. 4 lines displayed) 5. Signal strength (Indicates the signal strength of the current channel.) 6. Program Rating 7. Aspect Ratio of the selected program 8. Channel number 9. Broadcast station Others Note Español • When the program guide is displayed in more than 4 lines, use [K / L] to scroll. • No description is displayed when the program guide data is not provided. • In some cases, DTV closed caption function of the unit may not work even when the closed caption icon is shown. In such case, check the closed caption setting of your TV (Only if the unit is connected to a TV with the RCA Video Cable). EN 23 BEFORE YOU START HDD / DVD Information / Menu Title / File Name Information 6 1/ 5 7 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 DVD Video Title Name My Title CH 10 5 1 2 File Name DVD SP(2Hr) 4 1h53m 3 Displayed items may vary depending on the disc you insert. 1. Indicates the file type or a disc type and format mode. (DVD mode only) 2. Indicates a channel number or selected external input channel. 3. Indicates the component in use, a recording mode and possible recording time left. The on-screen indication of the possible recording time left on HDD / DVD may differ from the actual recordable time as this unit employs the variable bit rate encoding system which varies the recording (storage) amount of data in conformity with the amount of information on the video. 4. Indicates an operation status. 5. Icons Used: : for title / chapter search, track search and time search. (Refer to pages 79-80) Audio: to switch audio soundtracks. (Refer to page 81.) Subtitle: to switch subtitles. (Refer to page 81.) Angle: to switch camera angles. (Refer to page 82.) Repeat: to repeat playback. (Refer to page 77.) Marker: to add markers to a title. (Refer to page 76.) Noise Reduction: to reduce noise in the playback picture. (Refer to page 82.) : to zoom screen. (Refer to page 76.) 6. Indicates the current title number/total number of titles, the current chapter number/total number of chapters, and time lapse of the current title playback/ total duration of the title. 7. Indicates the currently active unit. : HDD : DVD 24 EN My File HDMI Information 1* Video Info. : Audio Info. : 480p / Bitstream 2* YCbCr 3* 4 1. Indicates the resolution of the HDMI output image. 2. Indicates the HDMI video format. 3. Indicates the HDMI audio format. 4. Indicates current disc status. * “- - -” will be displayed, when it does not have any information. BEFORE YOU START Press [MENU] to display the main menu. Then use [K / L] to select a menu and press [OK] to display the menu. These menus provides entries to all main settings. Menu General Setting Timer Programming Title List Disc Edit HDD Menu Dubbing DISC Playback Mode General Setting Parental Lock Disc Audio Disc Menu Language Audio Language Subtitle Language Angle Icon Still Mode Variable Skip / Replay Playback Playback Display Video Recording Clock Channel HDMI Editing 1. Playback: To set up the unit to play back discs as you prefer. 2. Display: To set up the screen as you prefer. 3. Video: To set up the video setting. (Refer to page 113 for TV Aspect setting.) 4. Recording: To set up the unit to record to discs as you prefer. 5. Clock: To set up the clock of the unit as you need. 6. Channel: To adjust the channel setting on the unit as you prefer. 7. HDMI: To set up the HDMI connection setting. Recording 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 7 3 Basic Setup General Setting Menu Connections 1 2 3 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 1. General Setting: To go to general setting menu. 2. Timer Programming: To program a timer recording. 3. Title List: To call up the title list. 4. Disc Edit: To set up the DVD setting. 5. HDD Menu: To set up the HDD setting. 6. Dubbing: • To dub the content of the HDD to DVD or vice versa. • “Dubbing” is available only when a recordable disc is loaded. 7. DISC Playback Mode: To set up the disc playback setting. • “DISC Playback Mode” is available only when, an audio CD, a video CD and a disc with JPEG / KODAK Picture CD files is inserted into the unit. Introduction Main Menu Function Setup Others Español EN 25 BEFORE YOU START Disc Edit / HDD Menu / Dubbing / DISC Playback ModeDisc Edit 1 2 3 4 Edit Disc Name Erase Disc Make Edits Compatible Disc Protect OFF ON Disc Edit 1 2 3 4 Edit Disc Name Erase Disc Finalize Disc Protect OFF ON Disc Edit 1 3 2 4 3 Edit Disc Name Finalize Disc Protect OFF ON DISC Playback Mode 5 1 6 2 7 3 4 Random Play Program Play PBC (Video CD only) DISC Playback Mode Photo Random Play Slide Show 5 2 8 2 HDD Menu 19 10 2 Delete All Unprotected Titles Delete All Titles 1. Edit Disc Name: Allows you to rename the disc. 2. Erase Disc: (DVD+RW/DVD-RW only) Allows you to erase all contents in the disc and format it. 3. Make Edits Compatible: (DVD+RW only) Allows you to memorize the editing status on the disc if you have added or deleted chapters, or made chapters hidden on this unit, and to show the effects when playing back on the other unit. Finalize: (DVD+R/DVD-RW/-R only) Allows you to finalize a disc containing recorded titles. 4. Disc Protect : Allows you to protect a disc from accidental editing or recording. 5. Random Play: Allows you to activate the random playback feature. 6. Program Play: (audio CD/video CD only) Allows you to activate the program playback feature. 7. PBC (Video CD only): Allows you to select images or information on the menu screen by activating PBC (playback control) function. 8. Slide Show: (JPEG/KODAK Picture CD files only) Allows you to select the display time of the slide show mode. 9. Delete All Unprotected Titles: Allows you to delete all unprotected titles in the HDD title list. 10. Delete All Titles: Allows you to delete all titles, including the protected titles, in the HDD title list. 11. HDD DVD: Allows you to dub from HDD to DVD. 12. DVD HDD: Allows you to dub from DVD to HDD. Dubbing 11 1 12 2 HDD DVD DVD HDD Note • Disc edit is available for a disc which is not finalized or DVD+RW. 26 EN BEFORE YOU START Introduction Switching HDD / DVD Mode HDD mode DVD mode Press [HDD] to activate the HDD mode. Press [DVD] to activate the DVD mode. Connections Basic Setup HDD button DVD button DVD button HDD button Recording Playback How to Insert a Disc 1) Press [OPEN/CLOSE A] to open the disc tray. 2) Place the disc on the disc tray with its label side facing up. Editing Function Setup Align the disc to the disc tray guide. 3) Press [OPEN/CLOSE A] to close the disc tray. It may take a while to load the disc data after the disc tray closes. Others To eject the disc: Press [OPEN/CLOSE A] to open the disc tray, then remove the disc before turning the unit to the standby mode. • When inserting a brand-new DVD+RW/DVD-RW, the unit automatically starts to format. • If titles have been recorded on the disc, the title list is displayed. Press [STOP C] to exit the title list. EN Español WARNING: • Please finish the Initial Setup before attempting to use the device. The Device may not function correctly without an Initial Setup. 27 INITIAL SETTING You need to follow these steps when you turn on this unit for the first time. 1 2 Follow the procedure in “Finding the Viewing Channel on Your TV” on page 22 to display “Initial Setup” menu. Use [K / L] to select your desired language, then press [OK]. Initial Setup Language English Français Español 3 Use [K / L] to select the type of broadcasting signal, then press [OK]. Initial Setup Channel Preset Make sure the antenna is connected to “ANTENNA IN” jack. Antenna Cable (Analog) Cable (Analog / Digital) Auto Preset will scan all terrestrial channels. This may take a while to complete. The unit will start getting channels available in your area. Antenna: (When using an Antenna) The channels broadcasted in Analog TV and Digital TV are automatically scanned and memorized. Only the receivable channels in the area will be memorized. Cable (Analog): (When using basic cable) The channels broadcasted in Analog Cable TV are automatically scanned and memorized. Cable (Analog / Digital): (When using basic cable) The channels broadcasted in Analog Cable TV and Digital Cable TV are automatically scanned and memorized. CH 1 Auto Presetting Now 4 If a PBS (public broadcasting station) is available in your area, clock setting may automatically be performed and the correct clock will be displayed following the channel preset procedure. Initial setting is then complete. Press [RETURN] to exit. If a PBS (public broadcasting station) is not available in your area, press [OK]. Then proceed to step 5 in “Manual Clock Setting” on page 34. 28 EN CHANNEL SETTING If you have changed antenna connection, we recommend that you program available channels in your area with the following procedures. “General Setting” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Channel”, then press [OK]. “Channel” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select the type of broadcasting signal, then press [OK]. Auto Channel Preset Editing When scanning is over, press [MENU] to exit. Playback The unit will start getting channels available in your area. • When using Antenna, Cable Box, or Satellite Receiver with the RF Coaxial cable, you would scan with the “Antenna”. • When connected to Cable TV, select “Cable (Analog)” or “Cable (Analog / Digital)”. To cancel the auto channel preset during scanning: Press [RETURN] to go the previous screen or [MENU] to cancel. Recording Antenna Cable (Analog) Cable (Analog / Digital) 5 Basic Setup Use [K / L] to select “Auto Channel Preset”, then press [OK]. Connections 1 2 3 4 Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. Introduction Auto Channel Scan Function Setup To cycle through only the memorized channels, use [CHANNEL / ]. To select a channel directly (including the ones not memorized), use [the Number buttons] and [ • ] (for digital TV channels). Others Note EN Español • If Auto Scan is cancelled during the scanning, some channels will not be programmed. 29 CHANNEL SETTING Adding / Deleting Channels This feature allows you to manually Add or Delete Channels for any adjustments to your Channel Lineup. Make sure: • You perform the “Auto Channel Scan” before adding or deleting the channels. 1 2 3 4 Press [DTV/TV] to select the mode (DTV or TV) to/from which you want to add/delete channels. Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. “General Setting” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Channel”, then press [OK]. “Channel” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Manual Channel Preset”, then press [OK]. Auto Channel Preset Manual Channel Preset TV Audio Select • If you are adding or deleting Analog TV/Cable ANALOG channels, go to to continue. • If you are adding or deleting Digital TV/Cable DIGITAL channels, go to to continue. Instructions continue on the next page. 30 EN CHANNEL SETTING DIGITAL 5 6 Use [K / L] to select “Add” or “Delete”, then press [OK]. Then select the next channel to add or delete. • Only the major channel is displayed in “Manual Channel Preset” menu. (The channel number displayed in the parenthesis is a virtual channel number) • Use [CHANNEL / ] to cycle through only the memorized channels. • You cannot use [{ { / B] for the digital TV channel selection. • Use [the Number buttons] to select a channel directly. • When a memorized channel is selected, “Add” is checked and highlighted as a default. • When an unmemorized channel is selected “Delete” is checked and highlighted as a default. Basic Setup 6 Use [K / L] to select “Add” or “Delete”, then press [OK]. • Use [CHANNEL / ] to cycle through only the memorized channels. • Use [{ { / B] to cycle through all the channels including the ones not memorized. • Use [the Number buttons] to select a channel directly. • When a memorized channel is selected, “Add” is checked and highlighted as a default. • When an unmemorized channel is selected “Delete” is checked and highlighted as a default. Select the channel number to add or delete. Connections 5 Select the channel number to add or delete. Introduction ANALOG Manual Channel Preset 2 Add Delete • If the setting is complete, press [RETURN] to activate “Manual Channel Preset”. Recording CH Manual Channel Preset 7 Playback Your setting will be activated and it will automatically switch to the next channel so that you can continue adding or deleting channels. DTV 2 (CH - - - ) Add Delete Press [MENU] to exit. Your setting will be activated. Editing WARNING: • For the Digital TV channels, you cannot recover the deleted channels once they are deleted unless you perform the Auto Channel preset again. Function Setup 7 Press [MENU] to exit. Others Español EN 31 SETTING THE CLOCK Auto Clock Setting This unit can set the time and date automatically by referring to a channel that carries a clock information. If a PBS (public broadcasting station) is available in your area, follow “Auto Clock Setting” below. If not, follow “Manual Clock Setting” on page 34. Make sure • The cable TV connections are correct. • Channels are set. (Refer to page 29.) Analog Auto Clock Setting 1 2 3 4 Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. “General Setting” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Clock”, then press [OK]. “Clock” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Auto Clock Setting”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “Auto”, then press [OK]. Auto Clock Setting OFF Auto Manual 5 6 Press [MENU] to exit. Press [STANDBY/ON y] to turn the unit to the standby mode. This unit will search for the time only when the power is in the standby mode. Initially leave it in standby mode for at least 15 minutes to give this unit time to set the clock. Once the clock is set, the unit receives the clock data at 12:00 am & 12:00 pm when unit is in standby mode. Check the time after the Auto Clock was set, if it is incorrect time then set the “Auto Clock Setting“ to “OFF” in step 4 above. Then try “Manual Clock Setting“ on page 34. Note • The clock may set itself automatically after you connect the Antenna/Cable signal and plug in the AC Power cord. • For Analog auto clock setting, incorrect time may be obtained depending on the broadcast information. If this occurs, set the “Auto Clock Setting” to “OFF” at step 4 above and try “Manual Clock Setting” on page 34. 32 EN SETTING THE CLOCK 7 Use [K / L] to select the desired time zone, then press [OK]. 1 2 8 Press [MENU] to exit and turn the unit to the standby mode. Manual Auto Clock Setting Use [the Number buttons] or [K / L] to enter your Cable TV Analog PBS channel number, then press [OK]. 1 Press [MENU] to exit and turn the unit to the standby mode. Digital Auto Clock Setting Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. “General Setting” menu will appear. “Clock” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Auto Clock Setting”, then press [OK]. Auto Clock Setting GMT (Greenwich Mean Time ) - 4 hours Eastern GMT (Greenwich Mean Time ) - 5 hours Central GMT (Greenwich Mean Time ) - 6 hours Mountain GMT (Greenwich Mean Time ) - 7 hours Pacific GMT (Greenwich Mean Time ) - 8 hours Alaska GMT (Greenwich Mean Time ) - 9 hours Hawaii GMT (Greenwich Mean Time ) - 10 hours Set Channel No. DTV 1 Use [the Number buttons] or [K / L] to enter the desired major channel number to receive the Clock Data, then press [OK]. Español 6 Atlantic Others Press [{ { ] to highlight “CH”. Press [K / L] to select “DTV”, then press [ B] . Time adjustment for each time zone Function Setup OFF Auto Manual Editing Use [K / L] to select “Manual”, then press [OK]. Enable Manual operation to select the DTV Channel for receiving the Clock Data and selecting your Time Zone below. 5 • The clock may set itself automatically after this unit receives the antenna/cable signal and plug in the power cord. • If the clock is not set correctly, timer recording does not work properly. • Analog off the air broadcasts have ended. Analog auto clock setting will no longer be available except via Cable TV. Try digital auto clock setting in this case. • For Digital auto clock setting, incorrect time may be obtained depending on the broadcast information. If this occurs, set the “Auto Clock Setting“ to “OFF” at step 4 and try “Manual Clock Setting“ on page 34. Playback Use [K / L] to select “Clock”, then press [OK]. Note for auto clock setting Recording This unit will search for the time only when the power is in the standby mode. Initially leave it in standby mode for at least 15 minutes to give this unit time to set the clock. Once the clock is set, the unit receives the clock data at 12:00 am & 12:00 pm when unit is in standby mode. Check the time after the Auto Clock was set, if it is incorrect time then set the “Auto Clock Setting“ to “OFF” in step 4 above. Then try “Manual Clock Setting“ on page 34. Basic Setup CH Connections Atlantic Eastern Central Mountain Pacific Alaska Hawaii Select “Manual” at step 4 in “Analog Auto Clock Setting” on page 32, then press [OK]. Set Channel No. 3 1 2 3 4 Time Zone Introduction If the unit chooses an incorrect PBS channel on Cable TV, set the PBS channel manually by following the steps below. EN 33 SETTING THE CLOCK Manual Clock Setting Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. 1 2 3 4 “General Setting” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Clock”, then press [OK]. “Clock” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Clock Setting”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select calendar or time, then press [OK]. Clock Setting JAN / 06 / 2012 ( FRI ) 12 : 00 AM Use [{ { / B] to select an item to set, and use [K / L] to select the contents to suit your preference, then press [OK] when you finish setting all the contents. 5 Daylight Saving Time When “Daylight Saving Time” is “ON”, the unit clock will automatically adjust the time in order to fit the daylight saving time period. “ON (MAR - NOV)” has been selected as the default. 1 2 3 4 Your setting will be activated. The clock starts counting when you press [OK]. Press [MENU] to exit. • Your setting will be cancelled if you press [MENU] before pressing [OK] at step 5. • Your clock setting will be lost if either there is a power failure or this unit has been unplugged for more than 1 hour when you set the clock manually. • For setting the day, year, hour, and minute, [the Number buttons] can also be used. • You can set the built-in calendar from the year 2012 up to 2061. 34 EN Use [K / L] to select “Clock”, then press [OK]. “Clock” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Daylight Saving Time”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “ON (MAR NOV)”, “ON (APR - OCT)” or “OFF”, then press [OK]. Daylight Saving Time ON (MAR - NOV): Move forward one hour on the second Sunday in March and move back one hour on the first Sunday in November. ON (APR - OCT): Move forward one hour on the first Sunday in April and move back one hour on the last Sunday in October. JAN / 06 / 2012 ( FRI ) 12 : 00 AM Note “General Setting” menu will appear. ON (MAR - NOV) ON (APR - OCT) OFF Clock Setting 6 Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. 5 Press [MENU] to exit. Note • Though it appears in the OSD, “APR - OCT” daylight saving time is no longer in use as of 2007 in the U.S. TUNER SETTINGS You can easily switch the analog TV (NTSC) and digital TV (ATSC) with the remote control. Press [DTV/TV] on the remote control. • The Analog mode and Digital mode switch alternately. Select channels by using [CHANNEL / ] or [the Number buttons] found on remote control. 18:30 CH4-1 smallest smallest CH CH CH4-1 CH4 CH4-2 CH4-3 CH4-1 smallest CH CH4-3 19:00 19:30 CH4-1 20:00 CH4-2 smallest CH Recording major channel minor channel : change automatically : change manually by using [CHANNEL [the Number buttons] / ] or Playback Editing Function Setup [the Number buttons] Press the channel number with [the Number buttons] to select a channel you want to watch. Enter the channel number with [the Number buttons] to select a channel you want to watch. For 1-digit number e.g.) 2 ch: [0] + [2], [2] + [•] or [2] + leave it for 2 seconds. For 2-digit number e.g.) 12ch: [1] + [2] Enter the major and minor channel number with [the Number buttons] to select a channel you want to watch. For 1-digit number e.g.) 2.1 ch: major channel [0] + [2] or [2] + [•] minor channel [0] + [1], [1] + [•] or [1] + leave it for 2 seconds. For 2-digit number If 2 channel numbers are pressed consecutively, that number will become the major channel. e.g.) 35.1ch: major channel [3] + [5] + [•] minor channel [1] • If you enter 1 or 2 digit for major channel and leave it for 2 seconds, the number will be taken as the major channel and lowest minor channel of the major channel will be displayed. NTSC (analog mode) [Air Time] ATSC (digital mode) 18:00 Basic Setup [CHANNEL / ] Use [CHANNEL / ] to change the channel. What is the minor channel? By using high compression technology, digital broadcasting offers a service that enables multiple signals to send simultaneously. Therefore, you can select more than one program per major channel since digital broadcasting technology distinguishes between multiple channels broadcast by a single network. Connections Channel Selection About digital TV broadcasting: With its high definition broadcast, digital broadcasting far surpasses analog broadcasting in both its picture and sound quality. Introduction Switching Analog Mode / Digital Mode Note Others • It may take up to 5 to 7 seconds to switch the digital TV channels. • In digital TV broadcasting, 2 or more channels, called minor channels, are simultaneously broadcast on one main channel, called major channel. Español EN 35 TUNER SETTINGS Selecting TV Audio This section describes how to switch the TV audio. When you record a TV program, only the audio selected here will be recorded. Digital TV 1 Press [AUDIO] to cycle through available audio languages. English • When you press [AUDIO], selected language will be displayed on the TV screen. • Every time you press [AUDIO], the language will be switched. e.g.) English ➔ Spanish ➔ Unknown • Available languages differ depending on the broadcast. • The language information display will automatically disappear. • When you record digital TV broadcasting, the audio language you have selected will be recorded. Note • You cannot change the audio language for the recording of digital TV broadcasting. • Pressing [AUDIO] does not control external device audio. • When there is only one audio channel on the broadcast, pressing [AUDIO] does not display anything. 36 EN TUNER SETTINGS “General Setting” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Channel”, then press [OK]. “Channel” menu will appear. Basic Setup Use [K / L] to select “TV Audio Select”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “Stereo” or “SAP”, then press [OK]. TV Audio Select Recording Stereo SAP Stereo: Outputs main-audio. SAP (secondary audio program): Outputs sub-audio. Playback 5 Connections 1 2 3 4 Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. Introduction Analog TV Press [MENU] to exit. Editing Function Setup Note on recording analog TV audio • When you record an analog TV program available in second audio or stereo, you have to select either “Stereo” or “SAP” in “General Setting” menu beforehand. Refer to the following table to check an appropriate setting. Selected audio SAP Disc recording Audio output STEREO STEREO STEREO STEREO STEREO MONO+SAP MONO MONO MONO MONO MONO STEREO+SAP SAP SAP STEREO STEREO STEREO MONO+SAP SAP SAP MONO MONO MONO EN Español STEREO+SAP Others Stereo Broadcast audio 37 TUNER SETTINGS DTV Closed Caption Digital TV Digital TV has its own closed captions called DTV CC. Use this menu to change the settings for DTV CC. 1 2 3 Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. “General Setting” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Display”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “DTV CC”, then press [OK]. Language Screen Saver FL Dimmer DTV CC CC Style V-Chip 4 Use [K / L] to select “Caption Service”, then press [OK]. 5 Use [K / L] to the desired DTV closed caption, then press [OK]. DTV CC Caption Service Recording Caption Service OFF Service1 Service2 Service3 Service4 Service5 Service6 OFF: Select if you do not want DTV CC. This is the default. Service 1 to Service 6: Select one of these before changing any other item in the closed caption menu. Choose “Service 1” under normal circumstances. 6 38 EN Press [MENU] to exit. TUNER SETTINGS Introduction Closed Caption Style Digital TV Digital TV can also change the style of its closed caption such as font, color or size, etc. “General Setting” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Display”, then press [OK]. Recording Language Screen Saver FL Dimmer DTV CC CC Style V-Chip Basic Setup Use [K / L] to select “CC Style”, then press [OK]. Connections 1 2 3 Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. 4 Use [K / L] to select “User Setting”, then press [OK]. 5 Use [K / L] to select “ON”, then press [OK]. CC Style Playback User Setting Font Size Font Style Font Opacity Font Color Edge Type Edge Color Back Opacity Back Color Editing User Setting Function Setup ON OFF Others EN 39 Español Instructions continue on the next page. TUNER SETTINGS 6 Use [K / L] to select the item and switch the setting for each item you want to set, then press [OK]. Edge type of the displayed caption can be switched as below. Edge Type • When “User Setting” is set to “ON”, you can set the following items. CC style set by “User Setting” will be displayed. • The setting description for each item is shown below. None Raised Depressed Uniform L.Shadow R.Shadow Font size of the displayed caption can be switched as below. Edge color of the displayed caption can be switched as below. Font Size Edge Color Large Middle Small White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta Cyan Font style of the displayed caption can be switched as below. Font Style Background transparency (Opacity) of the displayed caption can be switched as below. Style1 Style2 Style3 Style4 Style5 Style6 Style7 Style8 Back Opacity Solid Transparent Translucent Flash Font transparency (Opacity) of the displayed caption can be switched as below. Background color of the displayed caption can be switched as below. Font Opacity Back Color Solid Transparent Translucent Flash White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta Cyan Font color of the displayed caption can be switched as below. Font Color White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta Cyan 40 EN 7 Press [MENU] to exit. INFORMATION ON RECORDING Recordable Discs Unrecordable Discs Logos Attributes • DVD-RW recorded in the mode other than +VR is not recordable on this unit unless you erase all contents in the disc (refer to page 99). • DVD-R recorded in the mode other than +VR is not recordable on this unit. Maximum recordable numbers of title / chapters HDD : DVD+R DVD-RW DVD-R DVD : Basic Setup DVD+RW 8cm/12cm, single-sided, single layer disc Approx. max. recording time (SLP mode): 360 minutes (4.7GB) (for 12cm) 108 minutes (1.4GB) (for 8cm) 999 titles 99 chapters per title 49 titles per disc 254 chapters per disc 99 chapters per title Connections This unit can record to DVD+RW, DVD+R, DVD-RW and DVD-R. DVD+R/DVD-R can only be recorded to once. DVD+RW/ DVD-RW can be recorded to and erased many times. DVD-RW/-R will be recorded in the DVD+VR mode automatically in this unit. Introduction Before you make a recording, read the following information. Recording • The following discs are recommended for good recording quality and are proven to be compatible with this unit. However, depending on the media condition the unit may not read the disc properly. Verbatim DVD+R 8x, DVD+RW 4x, DVD-R 8x, DVD-RW 2x JVC DVD-RW 4x Maxell DVD+R 4x/8x/16x, DVD-R 8x/16x SONY DVD+R 4x/8x/16x, DVD+RW 4x TDK DVD+R 4x/8x/16x Performance of any other discs are not guaranteed. • You can play back DVD+RW on most DVD players without finalizing. However, if you have added or deleted chapters, or made chapters hidden, you must perform “Make Edits Compatible” before being able to see those effects on other units. (Refer to page 100 for more details.) To play back discs other than DVD+RW on other DVD players, you will need to finalize. (Refer to page 65.) Playback Editing Function Setup Others Español EN 41 INFORMATION ON RECORDING Recording Mode Note You can select a recording mode among 6 options, and the recording time will depend on the recording mode you select as follows. Recording mode Disc size 8cm Disc 12cm Disc MDR533H (320 GB) HDD (Internal) MDR535H (500 GB) MDR537H (1 TB) Recording time HQ 18 min SP 36 min SPP 45 min LP 54 min Video/sound quality (best) EP 72 min SLP 108 min (good) HQ 60 min (best) SP 120 min SPP 150 min LP 180 min EP 240 min SLP 360 min HQ 61 hrs SP 123 hrs SPP 154 hrs LP 185 hrs EP 247 hrs SLP 371 hrs (good) HQ 100 hrs (best) SP 201 hrs SPP 251 hrs LP 302 hrs EP 403 hrs SLP 604 hrs (good) HQ 208 hrs (best) SP 417 hrs SPP 521 hrs LP 626 hrs EP 835 hrs SLP 1252 hrs (good) (best) (good) • The recording time is only an estimate. The actual recording time may differ. • The audio and video quality gets poorer as the recording time becomes longer. • Each time [REC MODE] is pressed, recording mode and its allowed recording time will be displayed. (Refer to page 24.) 42 EN • This unit cannot record to CD-RW or CD-R. • All high definition pictures will be down converted to the standard definition pictures when they are recorded on this unit. • DVD+RW/+R, DVD-RW/-R and CD-RW/-R recorded on a personal computer or a DVD or CD recorder may not be played back if the disc is damaged or dirty or if there is condensation on the player’s lens. • If you record a disc using a personal computer, even if it is recorded in a compatible format it may not be played back because of the settings of the application software used to create the disc. (Check with the software publisher for more detailed information.) • Since the recording is made by the VBR (variable bit rate) method, depending on the picture you are recording, the actual remaining time for recording may be a little shorter than the remaining time displayed on the TV screen. • You cannot record a copy-protected program using this unit. (Copy-protected signal is included in DVD-video, some satellite and cable broadcasts.) Please contact your programming provider for type of copy protection applied to program. • You cannot record “copy-once only” program’s on DVD. About HDD HDD is a special device which has high recording density and is suited for long-time recording or high-speed cueing but by contrast, has many factors which can cause breakage. Use HDD on the assumption that you should dub the recorded programs to a DVD to protect your precious videos. HDD is a temporary storage location: HDD is not a permanent storage location of the recorded contents. Be sure to use it as a temporary storage location until you watch the programs once, edit them, or dub them to a DVD. Be sure to dub (back up) data promptly if you find abnormalities in HDD: If there is mechanical trouble with the HDD, grinding or other sounds may be heard or blocky noise may appear on the image. If you continue to use as it is, deterioration may continue and eventually the HDD may not be usable at all. If you notice these symptoms of a failing HDD, promptly dub the data to a DVD. When an HDD fails, recovery of recorded content (data) may be impossible. About the remaining capacity of HDD recording time: The on-screen indication of the possible recording time left on HDD / DVD may differ from the actual recordable time as this unit employs the variable bit rate encoding system which varies the recording (storage) amount of data in conformity with the amount of information on the video. Before recording to the HDD, ensure there is sufficient space on the HDD by deleting unnecessary titles in advance. BEFORE RECORDING 1) Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. 2) Use [K / L] to select “Display”, then press [OK]. 3) Use [K / L] to select “DTV CC”, then press [OK]. 4) Use [K / L] to select “Recording”, then press [OK]. • If “Caption Service” is set to “OFF”, you cannot select “Recording”. 5) Use [K / L] to select “ON”, then press [OK]. Recording Make Recording Compatible ON OFF ON OFF Title list will be replaced when you make additional recordings to the discs recorded by other units. OFF: Prohibiting additional recording to the disc that has a title list created by other units. 5) Press [MENU] to exit. You can set a specified time for chapter marks. Note • If “Caption Service” is set to “OFF”, the caption will not be recorded. Recording from a Cable Box or Satellite When recording from an external tuner like cable/satellite box, the box will need to be turned on and set to the channel you wish to record. You will not be able to watch another program from the box as the recorder will be recording the channel the cable/satellite box is set to. Editing 1) Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. “General Setting” menu will appear. 2) Use [K / L] to select “Recording”, then press [OK]. “Recording” menu will appear. 3) Use [K / L] to select “Auto Chapter”, then press [OK]. 4) Use [K / L] to select a desired time option, then press [OK]. 6) Press [MENU] to exit. Playback Setting for Auto Chapter Recording ON: Basic Setup 1) Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. “General Setting” menu will appear. 2) Use [K / L] to select “Recording”, then press [OK]. “Recording” menu will appear. 3) Use [K / L] to select “Make Recording Compatible”, then press [OK]. 4) Use [K / L] to select “ON” or “OFF”, then press [OK]. You can record the DTV Closed Caption as the part of the image for the recording program and see the recorded closed caption even with the TV that is not closed caption compliant. Connections Use this feature to make unfinalized +VR mode discs recorded on another unit recordable on this unit. When you make an additional recording on this unit with “Make Recording Compatible” set to “ON”, the title menu is automatically converted to our style. Recording the DTV Closed Caption Introduction Make Recording Compatible Function Setup Auto Chapter OFF 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes 5) Press [MENU] to exit. Others Note • The interval for auto chapter may be up to two minutes different from the time option you set. • A blank chapter may be created depending on the remaining time of the disc. Español EN 43 BASIC RECORDING & ONE-TOUCH TIMER RECORDING Follow the steps to record TV programs. If you are recording to the HDD, press [HDD] first, then proceed to step 2. If you are recording to a disc, press [DVD] first. 1 Insert a recordable disc (refer to page 27 on how to insert a disc). Align the disc to the disc tray guide. * Make sure the disc is compatible with this unit. (Refer to page 41 for the list of compatible discs.) It may take a while to load the disc data after the disc tray closes. • When inserting a brand-new DVD+RW/DVDRW, the unit automatically starts to format. (Except when HDD is recording, or when there is a timer program which starts in 15 minutes.) • If titles have been recorded on the disc, the title list is displayed. Press [STOP C] to exit the title list. 2 Press [REC MODE] repeatedly to select a recording mode. Refer to “Recording Mode” on page 42. DVDSP(2Hr) 3 0h58m Select the appropriate external input channel by pressing [SOURCE] or [CHANNEL / ]. Press [DTV/TV] to select Analog TV or Digital TV, then use [CHANNEL / ] or [the Number buttons] and [ • ] (for Digital TV channels) to select a desired channel to record. Refer to “Switching Analog Mode/Digital Mode” and “Channel Selection“ on page 35. Note CH 12 • When playback of a recorded program is blocked by the V-chip setting, “PROTECTED PROGRAM by **” appears (** may vary depending on the rating). In such case, check the V-chip setting. (Please refer to page 110 for more details.) Instructions continue on the next page. 44 EN BASIC RECORDING & ONE-TOUCH TIMER RECORDING “I HDD” or “I DVD” will be displayed for 4 seconds. e.g.) DVD SP(2Hr) As for DVD recording, the title list will appear automatically after writing to a disc complete. (Refer to “Guide to a Title List” on page 83.) e.g.) DVD+R 2h00m Connections I DVD 5 Press [STOP C] to stop recording. Introduction 4 Press [REC] to start recording. Press [PAUSE F] to pause recording. Press [PAUSE F]] or [REC] again to restart recording. To set one-touch timer recording (OTR)... Please finalize the disc when the writing is completed before playing back on other DVD players. 90% Writing to Disc 1 I 0h30m 1h00m 2 EMPTY SPACE 1:41:17 SP (2Hr) Recording 6h00m SP(2Hr) NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP SUN NOV/25/12 0:20:44 0h30m (normal recording) Basic Setup This is a simple way to set the recording time in blocks of 30 minutes. Press [REC] repeatedly until the desired recording time (30 minutes to 6 hours) appears on the TV screen. One-touch timer recording will start. 5h30m • Press [STOP C] to exit the title list. Playback Editing To change the recording length during the onetouch timer recording: Press [REC] repeatedly until the desired length appear. To cancel the one-touch timer recording within the specified time: Press [STOP C]. When the recording is completed, the unit will ask you whether to turn the unit to the standby mode except under conditions listed below. - If a timer recording is programmed to start in 5 minutes. - During playback of HDD or DVD. - While displaying menus or information on the screen. • The unit will be turned to the standby mode automatically if you select “Yes” or if you do not reply in 1 minute. Note Function Setup Others • When you press [REC], recording starts immediately and continues until the HDD or disc is full, record 12 hours to HDD or you stop recording. • This unit cannot record images with an aspect ratio of 16:9. The 16:9 images will be recorded as 4:3. • When the unit clock has not been set, the space for a date and time of title names will be blank. • When you record a TV program, you have to select the TV channel audio beforehand. Only the selected channel audio will be recorded. Refer to “Selecting TV Audio” on pages 36-37 for more details. • This unit cannot record in both stereo and SAP (secondary audio program) at the same time. • You cannot change the recording mode during the recording pause mode. • You can change a channel to be recorded during the recording pause mode. • You can play back a title on one component while making a recording on other. To do so, simply select the component (HDD or DVD) you like to use for the playback by pressing [HDD] or [DVD] during HDD / DVD recording. And then follow the normal playback procedure. • If playback and recording are in progress at the same time, select the appropriate component by pressing [HDD] or [DVD] before you press [PAUSE F] or [STOP C] to pause or stop the operation. Note for one-touch timer recording EN 45 Español • The remaining recording time will be displayed on the front panel display during one-touch timer recording. Press [DISPLAY] to see it on the TV screen. • Unlike the timer recording, you can perform the following operations during one-touch timer recording. - Turning the power to the standby mode to stop one-touch timer recording. - Using [REC] or [STOP C] on the remote control. • You cannot use the pause function during one-touch timer recording. AUTOSTART RECORDING Every time you turn on this unit, this unit automatically records the channel currently viewed and temporarily stores the recorded content to the HDD (Autostart recording). By using this function, you can pause or go back the TV program you are currently watching, and you can also start recording the whole TV program even at the middle of the TV program. The temporary recording can be made up to 6 hours of time range. If the recording exceeds 6 hours, the earliest recording will be overwritten. Recording the Contents of the Autostart Recording For how to playback the autostart recording, refer to “Playing Back the Autostart Recording” on page 78. 1 When watching TV programs through this unit’s tuner, use [H], [E] or [REPLAY ] to locate your desired point to start recording. • The autostart recording information will appear. Refer to page 23. 2:59:44 / 3:31:31 7:10AM 10:42AM 10:10AM The autostart recording will be stopped and cleared in following cases: - Turning the power to the standby mode - Start recording - Editing titles or goes into editing menu - Deleting titles (DVD only) - Start dubbing - Changing input channels - Using any functions in “Disc Edit” or “HDD Menu” - Selecting following menus: “General Setting” ➔ “Display” ➔ “V-Chip” ➔ “Downloadable Rating” “General Setting” ➔ “Channel” ➔ “Auto Channel Preset” “General Setting” ➔ “Channel” ➔ “Manual Channel Preset” • The autostart recording will automatically resume for a new recording Note • In the autostart recording, when you display the DTV program information, the information will be recorded as the part of the picture. • If there is not enough recordable space on HDD to record from the selected point to current point, you cannot record the content of autostart recording. • When you record the content of the autostart recording, the recording mode will be SP. • When you are recording the contents of the autostart recording, if you record the part that is copy-protected, “Copy guard detected.” appears and you are not able to watch that part. 46 EN 2 Press [REC] to start recording. 100/100 I 1/ 1 0:00:34 / 0:32:34 HDD HDD SP 1h53m From the selected point, the contents of the autostart recording become a recording title in the HDD while the unit continues to record the current content of the channel. 3 Press [STOP C] twice to stop recording. The recording stops and new autostart recording begins. • If you press [STOP C] once, the image on the TV screen goes back to current content of the channel while the recording continues. TIMER RECORDING Use [K / L] to select “New Program”, then press [OK]. Basic Setup Timer Programming THU FEB/09 11:30AM Skip Date Start End New Program Connections 1 2 Press [TIMER PROG.]. Introduction You can program the unit to record up to 36 programs within a month in advance. Daily or weekly program recordings are also available. Before recording, make sure • Set the clock before setting a timer programming. • If you are recording to a disc, insert a recordable disc with enough recordable space. CH 1/1 Recording • If there are 6 or more programs, use [H / G] to change pages. Skip OFF CH DTV 69.1 Date FEB/10 REC To HDD Start --:-Mode SP SP End --:-- Playback 3 Use [K / L] to enter the date, then press [B]. 2h00m JAN/01 Daily MON-FRI SAT e.g.) January 1st FRI Guide to Timer Programming Display 1 SUN 2 Function Setup 3 Editing When pressing [L] at the current date, the date will change as follows. MON-SAT JAN/31 Timer Programming FEB/10/12 10:30 AM 69.1 SP THU FEB/09 11:30AM SP (1:00) Skip Date FEB/10 Start End 10:30AM 11:30AM New Program CH DTV69. 1 6 1/1 Skip OFF CH DTV 69.1 Date FEB/10 REC To HDD Start 10 : 30AM Mode SP SP End --:-- 2h00m 5 • You cannot make a Timer Recording program that exceeds 12 hours. Instructions continue on the next page. EN 47 Español 1 Title of a timer program (Contains date, time, channel, recording mode of the program) 2 Current date and time 3 Recording mode, and length of the recording 4 Timer program list 5 Total number of pages and current page (6 pages maximum) 6 Recording media (“ ” (HDD) or “ ” (DVD)) Others 4 4 Use [K / L / s / B] or [the Number buttons] to enter the start and end time, then press [B]. TIMER RECORDING 5 Use [K / L / s / B] to select Analog (“- - -”) / Digital (“DTV”) mode or External input (L1 / L2), then press [B]. e.g.) external input mode Skip OFF CH L1 Date FEB/10 REC To HDD Start 10 : 30AM Mode SP SP Skip OFF CH DTV 69.1 6 Date FEB/10 REC To HDD Date FEB/10 REC To HDD When “Auto” is selected as a Recording mode, the unit calculates how much time is available on the disc and selects the Best Recording mode available automatically to complete Recording the program. End 11 : 30AM Skip OFF CH DTV 69.1 1h00m satellite box), select L1 or L2. Use [K / L] or [the Number buttons] to select the Channel Number to Record, then press [B]. For Digital mode, select both Major and Minor Channels. Refer to “How to Select a Channel Number for the Timer Recording” on page 49 for more details. e.g.) analog mode Skip OFF CH - - - 10 Auto Recording mode select... Start 10 : 30AM Mode SP SP End 11 : 30AM Start 10 : 30AM Mode SP SP End 11 : 30AM 1h00m 1h00m Use [K / L] to select the Recording media (“HDD” or “DVD”), then press [B]. Date FEB/10 REC To DVD Start 10 : 30AM Mode SP SP Date FEB/10 REC To DVD Start 10 : 30AM Mode SP SP Date FEB/10 REC To DVD Start 10 : 30AM Mode SP SP 1h00m In the following cases, the unit will detect it and automatically record to the HDD even when DVD is selected as the recording media. - If there is no recordable disc in the unit - If the disc does not have enough space to complete the recording - If the material is “copy-once” program and prohibited to be recorded on a DVD - If the disc is not available because the repairing process is cancelled halfway This feature is available only for Timer Recording. Not available for One-Touch Timer Recording. 8 Press [OK] when all items are entered. will appear on the front panel display. Timer Programming FEB/10/12 10:30 AM 69.01 SP SP (1:00) THU FEB/09 11:30AM Skip Date FEB/10 Start End 10:30AM 11:30AM New Program CH DTV69. 1 End 11 : 30AM 1/1 1h00m Your program setting is now stored. • To set another program, repeat steps 2 to 8. • To exit, press [TIMER PROG.] or [MENU]. • When 2 or more programs are overlapped, “Timer program overlapped” appears, and the overlapped program will be displayed in blue. • To correct the timer program refer to “Checking, cancelling, or correcting the Timer Programming information” on page 49. End 11 : 30AM 1h00m • You can check the remaining recordable space of the disc when you select the Recording mode. Skip OFF CH DTV 69.1 End 11 : 30AM Alternate recording (DVD only)... Use [K/ L] to select a Recording mode. Skip OFF CH DTV 69.1 Start 10 : 30AM Mode Auto Auto • “Auto” is only available for One program in the Timer Program list. e.g.) recording to DVD Skip OFF CH DTV 69.1 Date FEB/10 REC To DVD End 11 : 30AM 1h00m Note • If you have not set the clock yet: Entry screen for the clock setting will appear instead of the Timer Programming list at step 1. Continue with the step 5 in “Manual Clock Setting” on page 34 before setting a Timer Programming. • Use [s / B] to move the cursor to the left and the right in the entry screen for the Timer Programming. • You cannot make a Timer Recording program that exceeds 12 hours. Instructions continue on the next page. 48 EN TIMER RECORDING Introduction How to Select a Channel Number for the Timer Recording For channel number 2-6 press, press [B] or [ • ] to decide the channels. For other channels (7-69), the channel will be decided as soon as you enter the channel number. Analog Cable TV For channel number 1-12 press, press [B] or [ • ] to decide the channels. For other channels (13125), the channel will be decided as soon as you enter the channel number. Digital TV For channel number 1-9 press, press [B] or [ • ] to decide the channels. For other channels (10-99), the channel will be decided as soon as you enter the channel number. Digital Cable TV For channel number 1-13 press, press [B] or [ • ] to decide the channels. For other channels (14135), the channel will be decided as soon as you enter the channel number. Minor channels For channel number 1-9 press, press [B] or [ • ] to decide the channels. For other channels (10-99), the channel will be decided as soon as you enter the channel number. Basic Setup • You can decide the 1-digit channel number by pressing 0 first , then enter desired 1-digit channel number. e.g.) “5”: [0]+[5] • For selecting the channels with [K / L] you need to press [B] or [ • ] to decide the channel number. • For selecting the minor channels with [K / L], please make sure the minor channel you are selecting exists. [K / L] does not skip the non-existing minor channels. To stop the Timer Recording in progress Checking, cancelling, or correcting the Timer Programming information Timer Programming FEB/10/12 10:30 AM 69.01 SP SP (1:00) THU FEB/09 11:30AM Skip Date FEB/10 Start End 10:30AM 11:30AM New Program You can deactivate the Timer Recording Period (Daily, MON-SAT, MON-FRI or Weekly) temporarily. 1) In Stop mode, press [TIMER PROG.]. 2) Select the Periodical Timer Recording program you want to skip using [K / L], then press [OK]. 3) Select “Program Change” using [K / L], then press [OK]. 4) Move the cursor to the “Skip” field using [{ { / B], then select “ON” using [K / L] and then press [OK] to activate the setting. • “ ” will be displayed on the left side of the timer program. • The setting will go back to “OFF” after the program is skipped once. Playback 1) Press [TIMER PROG.]. 2) Check the information. Skip the Timer Recording Period Recording 1) Press [STOP C] on the Remote control. 2) Confirmation message will appear. Select “Yes”, then press [OK]. • To Stop the Timer Recording immediately, press [C STOP ] on the unit. Connections Analog TV CH DTV69. 1 Editing Putting Names on Timer Programs Function Setup Program Change Delete Edit Title Name A window for entering a title name will appear. Timer Programming FEB/10/12 10:30 AM 69.01 SP SP (1:00) THU FEB/09 11:30AM Skip Date FEB/10 Start End 10:30AM 11:30AM A B C New Program a b c CH DTV69. 1 1 2 3 @ ! Others 3-A) To Delete the Timer program: 1 Use [K / L] to select the program you want to delete, then press [OK]. 2 Use [K / L] to select “Delete”, then press [OK]. Confirmation window will appear. 3 Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. 3-B) To Correct the Timer program: 1 Use [K / L] to select the Program you want to correct, then press [OK]. 2 Use [K / L] to select “Program Change”, then press [OK]. 3 Correct the Timer program by using [K/ L / {/ { B], then press [OK]. 4) Press [TIMER PROG.] to exit. 1) In Stop mode, press [TIMER PROG.]. 2) Use [K / L] to select the Program that you want to edit the timer program name, then press [OK]. 3) Use [K / L] to select “Edit Title Name”, then press [OK]. ? 1/1 Note Instructions continue on the next page. EN 49 Español • Press [TIMER PROG.] to check the Timer Recording in progress. • As to the Timer Recording in progress (which is shown in red in the timer program list), you only can edit the end time. The changes made during recording will be recognized as only specific to that recording in progress and it will not affect the daily or the weekly recording setting. 4) To enter a Title Name, follow the steps of “Guide to Edit Title Name” on page 88. 5) After entering a Title Name, press [OK]. 6) Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. • The program name is now updated. TIMER RECORDING If the Timer Program did not complete correctly, the Error number appears in the Timer Programming list. Timer Programming THU FEB/09 11:30AM Skip p Date E41 FEB/10 Start End 10:30AM 11:30AM New Program CH DTV69. 1 Each error number means: E1-22 Recording error other E44 E37-39 than below Already 254 chapters recorded E24 E45 Copy prohibited program E46 It is impossible to record additionally on a disc recorded by other units when setting “Make Recording Compatible” to “OFF”. E47 Already 999 titles recorded on the HDD E49 There was no disc space on the HDD at the starting time for the HDD timer recording. E50 HDD recording is cancelled due to the insufficient disc space on the HDD. Unrecordable disc E25-26 Copy prohibited program E29 Disc protected E30 Disc full E35 PCA full *1 E36 Already finalized video format disc E40 Some portion has not been recorded because of program overlapping. Recording did not start at the start time. E41 Power failed E42 No disc when recording E43 Already 49 titles recorded *1 PCA is a disc's space reserved for recording test. • E23, E27, E28, E31, E32, E33 and E34 are not displayed. • A program with the error number is grayed in the timer programming list. • Timer program with an error number will be cleared once the entry screen for the program is displayed. 50 EN TIMER RECORDING Connections Basic Setup Recording • If there is a power failure or this unit has been unplugged for more than 1 hour, the clock setting and all timer programming will be lost. • When recording to a DVD, if a disc is not inserted, the unit will perform the alternate recording to the HDD (refer to page 48). • When a timer recording is completed, the unit will ask you whether to turn the unit to the standby mode if there is no timer recording which starts within 5 minutes, except under conditions listed below. - During playback of HDD or DVD. - While displaying menus or information on the screen. • The unit will be turned to the standby mode automatically if you select “Yes” or if you do not reply in 1 minute. • When the programmed starting and ending time are earlier than the current time, the setting will not be accepted and be cleared for redoing. • If the starting time is earlier and the ending time is later than the current time, the recording will start right after you press [OK] at step 8 on page 48. • You cannot change the audio language for the timer recording of digital TV broadcasting. • Timer recording whose recording time exceeds 12 hours cannot be made. • It is prohibited to turn the unit to the standby mode from 4 minutes before the programmed starting time. • It is prohibited to change channel from 15 seconds before the programmed starting time. • [REC] does not work from 2 minutes before the programmed starting time. If it comes to 2 minutes before the starting time during regular or one-touch timer recording, the recording in progress will be stopped. • Playback of DVD/CD is prohibited from 2 minutes before the programmed starting time when the recording media is DVD. If it comes to 2 minutes before the programmed starting time during DVD playback, the playback will be stopped. Introduction Hints for Timer Recording The Priority of Overlapped Settings Playback • Timer program which has the earlier start time will be placed first in the timer program list, and be given priority over the programs with the later start time when timer programs overlap. • When timer programs overlap, the first 2 minutes (at the longest) of the later recording will be cut off. • When 2 or more timer programs have the same start time, the program set first will be given priority. • A timer recording of lower priority will be cancelled or start from the middle. • Check the overlapped timer programmings and change the priority if necessary. When the starting time is the same: A program set previously (PROG. A) has priority. Editing PROG. A PROG. B Function Setup actual PROG. PROG.AA PROG. B recording The first 2 minutes (at the longest) will be cut off. Note for DVD recording When the end time of the programming currently being recorded and the start time of the subsequent program are same: The beginning of the PROG. B may be cut off. PROG. A Others • When the recording time of 2 programs are overlapped, or the end time of a program and the start time of another program is the same, the first 2 minutes (at the longest) of the subsequent program will be cut off. • If the cut-off portion comes up to 3 minute or more, this program will be displayed with error number E40 in the timer programming list. PROG. B actual recording PROG. A PROG. B The first 2 minutes (at the longest) will be cut off. Español EN 51 SPECIAL RECORDING Overwriting from the Beginning of the Title You can overwrite the existing title from the beginning. 1) Press [STANDBY/ON y]. Make sure that the TV input is set on the unit. 2) Load the disc that includes a title to be overwritten. It takes a while to display the title list. Title list will appear. If the title list does not appear, press [TITLE]. 3) Press [REC MODE] repeatedly to select a recording mode. Refer to “Recording Mode” on page 42. 4) Use [K / L] to select a title to be overwritten, then press [OK]. 1 SP(2Hr) NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP SUN NOV/25/12 0:20:44 Overwriting in the Middle of the Title You can overwrite the existing title from the selected position. 1) Follow the steps 1, 2 and 4 on the left. 2) Use [K / L] to select “Play”, then press [OK]. Playback will start. 3) Press [PAUSE F] at the point from which you want to start overwriting. 4) Press [REC]. “F I DVD”, display menu, channel, and the time lapse will be displayed as illustrated on the left. 5) Select the channel you want to record. (Refer to page 35 on how to select a channel.) 6) Press [REC] again. Overwriting recording starts. 2 NOV/26/12 11:35AM CH13 EP MON NOV/26/12 0:10:33 3 7) Press [STOP C] to stop recording. EMPTY SPACE 1:37:52 SP (2Hr) This operation may take a while to be completed. 5) Use [K / L] to select “Overwrite”, then press [OK]. Play Edit Overwrite 1 SP(2Hr) NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP SUN NOV/25/12 0:20:44 2 6) Select the channel you want to record. (Refer to page 35 on how to select a channel.) e.g.) DVD+RW selected title number to be overwritten 1 1 0:00:00 +RW CH 12 F I DVD DVD SP(2Hr) 2h00m 7) Press [REC]. Overwriting recording starts. The elapsed-time counter starts running. 8) Press [STOP C] to stop recording. Title name is also overwritten. This operation may take a while to be completed. Note • The remaining recording time is displayed on the bottom right corner of the TV screen during overwriting. 52 EN Note • Recording mode of the overwriting title is the same as that of the original (overwritten) title when overwriting in the middle of the title. • Title name will not be overwritten. SPECIAL RECORDING When you overwrite on the unnecessary title, there were various circumstances such as follows. Please note that following cases only describe the overwriting without any recording mode discrepancy. To avoid accidental deletion please check if there is no important title after the overwriting point. overwrite recording : A Connections When overwriting title is shorter than the existing title: (overwriting from the beginning of the title) 30 - 180 seconds will be cut off. after overwriting existing title : B title name : A title name : B Basic Setup When overwriting title is longer than the existing title: (overwriting from the beginning of the title) after overwriting existing title : B title name : A Playback overwrite recording : A existing title : B Recording overwrite recording : A Introduction Hints for Overwriting 30 - 180 seconds will be cut off. after overwriting title name : A title name : C existing title : C Editing When overwriting in the middle of the title: existing title : B 30 - 180 seconds will be cut off. after overwriting title name : B* title name : B *Overwritten section and the rest of the sections will Function Setup overwrite recording : A have the same title name as the original existing title (B). Others Note Español • When a title name is overwritten, its index picture is also overwritten. • “Auto Chapter” interval time is reset at the overwriting start point. • A chapter mark is put at the beginning of the overwrite title when overwriting in the middle of the title. EN 53 DUBBING Information on Dubbing You can dub the contents of the HDD to DVD or vice versa. Before you start dubbing, refer to pages 41-43 to see the recording compatibility. Guide to Dubbing Menu Display 1 2 3 HDD Recording Mode for Dubbing DVD ABCDE HQ (1Hr) (0:30:00) JAN/ 9/2012 Add Delete All Dubbing Start 3000 MB Dubbing List 1.ABCDE 2.JAN/ 9/12 1:00AM CH22 3.JAN/12/12 11:00AM CH96 1/1 1 2 3 4 5 6 Dubbing direction Selected title information Dubbing menu Remaining recordable space Dubbing list Current page number / total number of pages 4 5 6 “High” This unit is compatible with the high speed dubbing from HDD to DVD. If you dub a title recorded in SLP mode to DVD+R/-R, dubbing speed will be 24 times at the maximum. To perform the high speed dubbing, set the recording mode to “High”. Dubbing speed will vary depending on original recording mode. • Duration of high speed dubbing will vary depending on the recording mode or the title amount. • High speed dubbing is not available when; - recording mode is set to other than “High”. - dubbing from a DVD to the HDD. - there is not enough space in the disc. • During dubbing (except for high speed dubbing), you can use [C STOP] on the front panel or press and hold [STOP C] for 2 seconds on the remote control, and any other buttons will be invalid. “Auto” When “Auto” is selected as a recording mode, the unit calculates how much time is available on the disc and selects the best recording mode available automatically. • The recording may be cut short when the available recording space of the disc is too limited. Note on dubbing • During normal dubbing, you can watch the playback picture of the title being dubbed (the audio cannot be changed). During high speed dubbing, however, the playback picture will not appear. • Dubbing of a “copy-once only” program is not possible with this unit. • If you stop the dubbing halfway, the contents will be dubbed up to the point where you stop the dubbing (except for the high speed dubbing). With high speed dubbing, nothing will be dubbed if you stop it halfway. • To stop the dubbing in progress, press [CSTOP] on the front panel or press and hold [STOP C] for 2 seconds on the remote control. • To dub from a finalized DVD to HDD, please refer to “One-touch Dubbing...” on page 62. Other modes Refer to page 42 for the information on other modes. 54 EN DUBBING Introduction Setting for an External Device Connect the external device properly to the unit by using either L2 and L3 (Front) or L1 (Rear) input jacks. When connecting an external device of monaural output to this unit, use AUDIO L jack of L2 (Front) or L1 (Rear). Use S-Video or the RCA audio/video cables for this connection. When connecting a DVC (digital video camcorder), use DV-IN jack of L3 (Front). Connections RCA audio cable Connecting to an External Device Using the RCA cables RCA video cable Basic Setup L2 front of this unit VIDEO OUT AUDIO OUT R L S-VIDEO OUT or external device (camcorder, VCR etc.) VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT L L AUDIO IN (L1) R IN OUT S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT Recording R ANTENNA Y COAXIAL S-VIDEO L1 rear of this unit VIDEO IN RCA video cable L RCA audio cable R AUDIO IN (L1) Playback Supplied cables used in this connection are as follows: • RCA audio cable (L/R) x 1 • RCA video cable x 1 RCA audio cable Connecting to an External Device Using an S-Video cable S-Video cable Editing L2 VIDEO OUT AUDIO OUT R L Function Setup front of this unit S-VIDEO OUT or external device (camcorder, VCR etc.) VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT L L R ANTENNA AUDIO IN (L1) Y R IN OUT S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT COAXIAL S-VIDEO L1 rear of this unit Others VIDEO IN L RCA audio cable R AUDIO IN (L1) IN S-VIDEO S-Video cable Español Supplied cables used in this connection are as follows: • RCA audio cable (L/R) x 1 Please purchase the rest of the necessary cables at your local store. EN 55 DUBBING DV cable (4-pin) Connecting to an External Device Using a DV cable RCA audio cable L3 external device (camcorder, VCR etc.) front of this unit S-VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT AUDIO OUT L R DV-OUT Supplied cables used in this connection are as follows: • RCA audio cable (L/R) x 1 Please purchase the rest of the necessary cables at your local store. 5 Use [K / L] to select the input jack type to connect, then press [OK]. If you want to use VIDEO IN, select “Video In”. If you want to use S-VIDEO IN, select “S-Video In”. L1 (Rear) Video In S-Video In Press [MENU] to exit. 1 2 3 4 56 Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. “General Setting” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Video”, then press [OK]. Submenu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Video Input”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select desired external input, then press [OK]. Video Input L1 (Rear) L2 (Front) EN Note • Please contact the external device manufacturer if you have any problem with it. DUBBING Introduction Recording from an External Device Before recording from an external device, refer to the instructions for the connection on page 55. • If the external device is connected to the rear of this unit, select L1. • If the external device is connected to the front of this unit, select L2 or L3. • If you are connecting the digital video camcorder to the DV-IN input of this unit, refer to pages 58-60. • You can also select L1 or L2 channel by using [the Number buttons]. e.g.) For L1, press [0], [0], [1]. For L2, press [0], [0], [2]. For L3, press [0], [0], [3]. Press [REC MODE] repeatedly to select a recording mode. Playback Refer to “Recording Mode” on page 42. Press [IRECORD] on the unit to start recording. Press [CSTOP] on the unit to stop recording. This operation may take a while to be completed. Function Setup Start playback on the external device to record from. Editing 4 Select the appropriate external input channel (L1, L2 or L3) by pressing [SOURCE] or [CHANNEL / ]. Recording 1 1 6 3 4 5 6 It may take a while to load the disc data after the disc tray closes. Basic Setup 1 2 Insert a recordable disc (refer to page 27 on how to insert a disc). Connections If you are recording to the HDD, press [HDD] first, then proceed to step 2. If you are recording to a disc, press [DVD] first. Others Español EN 57 DUBBING Information on DV Dubbing Guide to DV and On-Screen Display This function helps you to easily dub the contents of the DVC (Digital Video Camcorder) to HDD or DVD. You can control basic operations of the DVC from the remote control of this unit such as playback, fast forward or reverse and stop all operations if the DVC is in video mode. Use the DV cable that has 4-pin input jack and is compliance with the IEEE1394 standards. When you connect to DV-IN jack on the front of this unit, select “L3(DV-IN)” position by using [SOURCE] or [CHANNEL / ] on the remote control and press [DISPLAY] to show the DV dubbing information for the operation of your DVC. When the DVC is in video mode... 1 1/ 1 When the DVC is not in camera mode... 1/ 1 1/ 1 1/ 1 +RW 2 Control DV Audio Start Rec DVD Stereo1 DVD SP(2Hr) 3 +RW L3 (DV-IN) AB-1234 0:12:34 DVD SP(2Hr) 1h00m 4 5 L3 (DV-IN) AB-1234 0:12:34 what mode of DVC. Switch the mode on the DVC to playback mode for the dubbing information. 7 1h00m 6 The following instructions are described with the operations using the remote control of this unit. 1. DV icon 2. Indicator of active device • When “Control” is highlighted, press [OK] to display the item selection. Use [K / L] to select the device you wish to operate, then press [OK] to activate. • Select “HDD” / “DVD” to control this unit. • Select “DV Input” to control your DVC. 3. Recording audio mode • With DVC in stop mode while other sources are available, then “DV Audio” can be selected. Press [OK] to display the item selection and then use [K / L] to select the audio you wish to output. Press [OK] again to activate. • Select “Stereo1” to dub the stereo sound. • Select “Stereo2” to dub the sound with after recording sound. • Select “Mix” to dub the stereo1 and stereo2. 4. Indicator of dubbing function • When the unit is ready for dubbing, “Start Rec” will appear. • When the unit is dubbing, “Pause Rec” will appear. 5. Channel position • When you select “L3(DV-IN)” by using [SOURCE] or [CHANNEL / ], “L3(DV-IN)” will appear. 58 EN 6. Product name of your DVC • If the unit cannot recognize the input signal from the DVC or the unknown product, “No Device” or “****” will appear instead. 7. Status of the current operation and the time counter Each icon means (Available icons may vary depending on the DVC): DVC is in stop mode. DVC is fast forwarding. (in stop mode) DVC is fast reversing. DVC is in playback mode. (in stop mode) DVC is fast reversing. DVC is in pause mode. (standard speed) DVC is fast reversing. DVC is fast forwarding. (faster than above) (standard speed) DVC is fast reversing. DVC is fast forwarding. (faster than above) (faster than above) DVC is in slow reverse DVC is fast forwarding. playback. (faster than above) DVC is recording. DVC is slow forwarding. (standard speed) DVC is slow forwarding. (faster than above) DVC is slow forwarding. (faster than above) DVC is in recording pause mode. DUBBING Introduction DVC to HDD / DVD Dubbing Before recording from DVC, see page 55 for connection instructions. Connections Preparing for DV dubbing (DVC to HDD): • Make sure your DVC is in video mode. Preparing for DV dubbing (DVC to DVD): • Insert a recordable DVD. • Make sure your DVC is in video mode. If you are recording to the HDD, press [HDD] first. If you are recording to a disc, press [DVD] first. / ] to L3 (DV-IN) AB-1234 0:00:00 Basic Setup 1 Use [SOURCE] or [CHANNEL select “L3(DV-IN)”. Recording (Refer to page 42.) Playback Press [DISPLAY]. Press [OK] to display the item selection. Use [K / L] to select “DV Input”, then press [OK]. 1/ 1 Editing 2 3 4 Press [REC MODE] repeatedly to select a recording mode. 1/ 1 +RW DVD DV Input L3 (DV-IN) AB-1234 0:12:34 1h00m Press [PLAY B] to find where you wish to start dubbing. Then, press [STOP C] where you wish to start dubbing. Others 5 Function Setup DVD HQ(1Hr) EN 59 Español Instructions continue on the next page. DUBBING 6 7 Use [K / L] to select “Start Rec”, then press [OK]. The dubbing will start. To stop dubbing; A) Press [C STOP] on the unit. or B) Use [K / L] to select “Control”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “HDD” / “DVD”, then press [OK]. Then press [STOP C]. Note for DV dubbing • If you press [PAUSE F] at step 5, the tape will rewind to the point a few seconds preceding the paused point. When you press [OK] at step 6, then, it will start dubbing when it comes to the paused point. • The unit does not send out the output signal to DVC. • For the proper operation, connect DVC to the unit directly. Do not connect this unit and DVC via any other unit. • Do not connect more than 1 DVC. • The unit can only accept DVC. Other DV device such as cable/satellite box or D-VHS VCR cannot be recognized. • If no video signal is detected from the DVC during DVC to HDD or DVD dubbing, the recording will be paused and “I” will flash on the TV screen. The recording will resume when the unit detects the video signal again. • When the DVC is in camera mode, refer to “Guide to DV and On-Screen Display” on page 58. • Date / time and cassette memory data will not be recorded. • Pictures with a copy-guard signal cannot be recorded. • A DV terminal is a terminal that can use the transmission mode conforming to the IEEE 1394 standards called “Fire Wire”. It serves as the interface that connects the PC and peripheral device such as “i.LINK” (registered trademark of SONY). It enables digital dubbing between DV devices with little degradation. • You cannot dub from DVC to both HDD and DVD at the same time. • Please contact the DVC manufacturer if you have any problem with it. 60 EN DUBBING Introduction Selected Title Dubbing Preparing for dubbing (HDD to DVD): • Insert a recordable DVD. Preparing for dubbing (DVD to HDD): • Insert a disc to be dubbed. Connections Use [K / L] to select “Dubbing”, then press [OK]. Basic Setup 1 2 Press [MENU] in stop mode. Menu General Setting Timer Programming Title List Disc Edit HDD Menu Dubbing Recording 3 HDD to DVD Use [K / L] to select “HDD then press [OK]. DVD”, Use [K / L] to select “DVD then press [OK]. Playback DVD to HDD HDD”, e.g.) HDD ➔ DVD Dubbing HDD DVD DVD HDD Editing HDD DVD Function Setup 4 Use [K / L] to select “Add”, then press [OK]. 3000 MB Dubbing List Others Add Delete All Dubbing Start 1/1 • If you have registered any dubbing before, they will be listed in the dubbing list. At the upper left of each title, the number will appear in the order of selection . EN 61 Español 5 Use [K / L / s / B] to select a desired title, then press [OK]. DUBBING 6 Repeat step 5 until you register all the titles to be dubbed, then press [DUBBING]. e.g.) HDD 8 Use [s / B] to select a desired recording mode, then press [OK]. e.g.) HDD ➡ DVD HDD DVD Title List ABCDE 12:00AM (10:00:00) FRI JAN/ 6/12 CH10 SP 1 1 2 3 Please select REC MODE. High 3 HQ SP SPP LP EP Dubbing Titles 2 4 5 Press ‘DUBBING’ to confirm. 5 4 1/6 To delete a title: 1 Go to the Dubbing List, then use [K / L] to select a title. Then press [OK]. 2 Use [K / L] to select “Delete”, then press [OK]. 3 Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. To move a title: 1 Go to the Dubbing List, then use [K / L] to select a title. Then press [OK]. 2 Use [K / L] to select “Move”, then press [OK]. 3 Use [K / L] to select a desired insert point, then press [OK]. To erase all the titles in the dubbing title list: 1 Use [K / L] to select “Delete All” in the Dubbing Menu, then press [OK]. 2 Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. • To go back and forth between dubbing menu and dubbing list, use [s / B]. 62 After adding all the titles you want, use [K / L] to select “Dubbing Start” in the Dubbing Menu, then press [OK]. EN Auto 500 MB 3000 MB 6 Confirmation message will appear. • Depending on the dubbing direction, the available recording mode varies. • When dubbing from HDD to DVD, you can select “High” to perform the high speed dubbing (refer to “Recording Mode for Dubbing” on page 54 for more details). The titles are now registered in the dubbing list. When you go back to the title list to add another title, titles already registered are shown with a check mark. 7 SLP 9 Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Start Dubbing? Yes No Dubbing will start. • It may take awhile to prepare for the dubbing. To stop the dubbing in progress: Press [C STOP] on the front panel. Press and hold [STOP C] for 2 seconds on the remote control. When you are dubbing from HDD to DVD, the confirmation message will appear, then select “Yes”. One-touch Dubbing... With one-touch dubbing, you can start dubbing right away with just one touch. To dub the contents in a DVD which is finalized on other unit, use this function. During playback of the title you want to dub, press [DUBBING]. If you are playing back a DVD, DVD to HDD dubbing will start right away. If you are playing back HDD, HDD to DVD dubbing will start right away. • The dubbing will start from the beginning of the title being played back. • The unit will dub only the title being played back. • When dubbing from HDD to DVD, recording mode will automatically be set to “High” whenever the conditions are met (refer to page 54). Otherwise, the last selected recording mode will automatically be applied. To stop the dubbing in progress: Press [CSTOP] on the front panel. Press and hold [STOP C] for 2 seconds on the remote control. When you are dubbing from HDD to DVD, the confirmation message will appear, then select “Yes”. DUBBING Introduction One Title Dubbing (HDD to DVD only) This function lets you select one specific title from the title list for dubbing. Preparing for dubbing: • Insert a recordable DVD. Use [K / L / s / B] to select a desired title to dub, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “Dubbing”, then press [OK]. Recording Resume Playback Play From Start Edit Title Delete Delete Multiple Titles Dubbing Basic Setup Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Playback 4 Connections 1 2 3 Press [HDD] first. Press [TITLE]. Start Dubbing? Yes No Editing Dubbing of the selected title will start. To stop the dubbing in progress: Press [C STOP] on the front panel. Press and hold [STOP C] for 2 seconds on the remote control. Function Setup Others Español EN 63 PROTECTING A DISC To prevent accidental recording, editing or erasing of the titles, you can protect them from the “Disc Edit” menu. 1 2 3 Press [MENU]. Use [K / L] to select “Disc Edit”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “Disc Protect OFF ON”, then press [OK]. e.g.) DVD+RW Disc Edit Edit Disc Name Erase Disc Make Edits Compatible Disc Protect OFF ON 4 Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Protect this disc? Yes No The disc is now protected. This operation may take a while to be completed. Note To cancel the disc protection: • When you insert a disc protected with this unit, “Disc Protect ON OFF” will appear instead of “OFF ON” at step 3. Disc Edit Edit Disc Name Erase Disc Make Edits Compatible Disc Protect ON OFF To release the protection for the disc, select “Disc Protect ON OFF” at step 3, then follow rest of the procedures. 64 EN PLAYING THE DISCS ON OTHER DVD PLAYERS Use [K / L] to select “Disc Edit”, then press [OK]. “Disc Edit” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Finalize”, then press [OK]. Finalize disc? Recording Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Basic Setup 1 2 3 4 Press [MENU]. Connections You will need to finalize DVD+R, DVD-RW or DVD-R to play them back on other DVD players. Finalizing may take several minutes up to an hour. A shorter recording period on the disc will require a longer time period for finalization. Do not unplug the power cord during finalization. Introduction Finalizing a Disc Yes No Finalizing will start. Playback Finalizing 90% To cancel finalizing... Editing (DVD-RW only) • To cancel finalizing at step 4, press [STOP C], select “Yes” with [K / L], then press [OK]. Finalizing is cancelled and the unit will be in stop mode. Do you want to cancel ? • Once you started finalization, no controls are available. You cannot cancel or stop the finalizing mode. Please wait until it finishes the finalization process. • There is no need to finalize DVD+RW. • When you insert a DVD-RW finalized with this unit, “Undo Finalize” will appear instead of “Finalize”. OFF • If appears when pressing [STOP C], you cannot cancel finalizing because the finalizing has been in certain progress. • When selecting “No” and pressing [OK] or [RETURN], finalizing will be continued. • You cannot cancel finalizing a DVD+R/DVD-R disc once it has started. This operation may take a while to be completed. 5 Español To release the finalizing for the disc, select “Undo Finalize” at step 3. * DO NOT turn the power off or place unit in standby mode during finalization, this will result in a malfunction. 5% Others Disc Edit Edit Disc Name Erase Disc Undo Finalize Disc Protect ON Finalizing Function Setup Yes No Note Finalizing is completed. Press [STOP C] to exit. EN 65 PLAYING THE DISCS ON OTHER DVD PLAYERS Auto Finalizing You can finalize discs automatically using this function. You can use this function to finalize discs after finishing timer recordings and at the end of the disc space. 1 2 3 4 5 Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. “General Setting” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Recording”, then press [OK]. “Recording” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Auto Finalize”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “Disc Full” or “End of Timer Rec”, then press [OK]. Auto Finalize Disc Full End of Timer Rec Use [K / L] to select “ON”, then press [OK]. e.g.) “Disc Full” Disc Full ON OFF Your setting will be activated. 6 Press [MENU] to exit. Note • This function is not available after finishing a daily or weekly Program Recording. 66 EN INFORMATION ON PLAYBACK Playable Discs and Files Unplayable Discs Playable discs Logos DVD-video DVD+R Color Systems DVD-R (Finalized video mode discs only) Region Codes video CD Function Setup CD-R KODAK Picture CD Others Media DVD+RW/+R DVD-RW/-R CD-RW/-R JPEG Editing CD-RW Playback This unit has been designed to play back a DVD with region 1. A DVD must be labeled for ALL regions or for region 1 in order to play back on the unit. You cannot play back DVDs that are labeled for other regions. Look for the symbols on the right on your DVD. If these region symbols do not appear on your DVD, you cannot play back the DVD in this unit. The number inside the globe refers to region of the world. A DVD labeled for a specific region can only play back on the unit with the same region code. CD-DA (audio CD) Playable files Recording DVD is recorded in different color systems throughout the world. The most common color system is NTSC (which is used primarily in the United States and Canada). This unit uses NTSC, so a DVD you play back must be recorded in the NTSC system. You cannot play back a DVD recorded in other color systems. DVD-RW (Finalized video mode discs only) Basic Setup DVD+RW The following discs will not play back on this unit. • CD-ROM • Compact Disc-Interactive (CD-I) • DVD-RAM • Video Single Disc (VSD) • DVD-ROM • DVD-audio • Unfinalized disc • DVD or CD contains MP3/Windows Media™ Audio/DivX® files • DVD-R or DVD-RW recorded in VR mode or non compatible recording format • Blu-ray Disc • HD DVD • Super Video CD On the following disc, the sound may not be heard. • Super Audio CD - Only the sound on the CD layer can be heard. The sound on the high-density super audio CD layer cannot be heard. Connections This unit is compatible to play back the following discs. To play back a DVD, make sure that it meets the requirements for region codes and color systems as described below. You can play back discs that have the following logos. Other disc types are not guaranteed to play back. Introduction Before you play back a DVD, read the following information. is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation. Español Note • This unit may not be able to play back discs recorded on PC’s or other recorders. EN 67 INFORMATION ON PLAYBACK PBC (playback control) for Video CD You can select images or information on the menu screen by activating the PBC (playback control) function of the video CD. This unit conforms to ver.1.1 and ver. 2.0 of video CD standard with PBC function. Ver.1.1 (without PBC function): You can enjoy playback picture as well as music CD. Ver.2.0 (with PBC function): While using a video CD with PBC function, “PBC” appears on the TV screen. Note • PBC setting turns to “ON” when loading video CD with PBC function, thus, even after setting PBC to “OFF” and ejecting the video CD then reloading the video CD, this setting turns to “ON” automatically. • Some operations cannot be performed while PBC function is on. Cancel PBC function temporarily to perform those operations by following the instruction below. 1) Press [MENU]. 2) Use [K / L] to select “DISC Playback Mode”, then press [OK]. “DISC Playback Mode” menu will appear. 3) Use [K / L] to select “PBC (Video CD only)”, then press [OK]. 4) Use [K / L] to select “ON” or “OFF”, then press [OK]. Your setting will be activated. You can play back interactive software using menu screens. Refer to instructions in the video CD. 68 EN Hint for HDD / DVD Playback The contents of HDD / DVD are generally divided into titles. Titles may be further subdivided into chapters. HDD / DVD titl 1 title chapter 1 chapter 2 track 1 chapter 1 titl 2 title chapter 2 audio CD, video CD track 2 track 3 track 4 chapter 3 track 5 JPEG f ld 1 folder file 1 f ld 2 folder file 2 file 3 file 4 file 5 BASIC PLAYBACK If you are playing back the titles in HDD, press [HDD] first, then proceed to step 2. If you are playing back the titles in DVD, press [DVD] first. * Make sure the disc is compatible with this unit. (Refer to page 67 for the list of compatible discs.) Basic Setup Align the disc to the disc tray guide. Connections 1 Insert a disc (refer to page 27 on how to insert a disc). Introduction Direct Playback It may take a while to load the disc data after the disc tray closes. If you are playing back a DVD-video or video CD with PBC function, a menu may appear. Refer to “Using the Title / Disc Menu” on page 73. • Refer to “Resume Playback” on page 74. Playback Press [STOP C] once to stop playback temporarily. Recording 2 3 Press [PLAY B] to start playback. Editing Function Setup Others Note EN Español • Some discs may start playback automatically. • You can select images or information on the menu screen by activating PBC (playback control) function (page 68). • If you insert a disc when the unit is in HDD mode, playback will start automatically when you press [DVD]. 69 BASIC PLAYBACK Playback from the Title List If you are playing back the titles in HDD, press [HDD] first, then proceed to step 2. If you are playing back the titles in DVD, press [DVD] first. 1 Insert a disc (refer to page 27 on how to insert a disc). * Make sure the disc is compatible with this unit. (Refer to page 67 for the list of compatible discs.) It may take a while to load the disc data after the disc tray closes. 2 For HDD, press [TITLE] to call up the title list. For DVD, the title list will automatically appear when you insert a disc. Otherwise, press [TITLE] or [DISC MENU]. • To exit the title list, press [STOP C]. • To resume the title list, press [TITLE]. 3 Use [K / L// s / B] to select a desired title, then press [OK]. Title List JAN/ 9/12 12:00AM CH10 SP 12:00AM (1:00:00) MON JAN/ 9/12 CH10 SP 1 2 3 4 5 6 1/6 1 SP(2Hr) NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP SUN NOV/25/12 0:20:44 2 NOV/26/12 11:35AM CH13 EP MON NOV/26/12 0:10:33 3 EMPTY SPACE 1:37:52 SP (2Hr) • For video CD, when “PBC (Video CD only)” in the “DISC playback Mode” menu is set to “ON”, the video CD main menu will appear when inserting a disc. In such case, select a numbered menu with [the Number buttons]. • Press [G] (for HDD) / [B] (for DVD) to display the next page, and press [H] (for HDD) / [{] (for DVD ) to display the previous page. Note • Some discs may start playback automatically. • You can also start playback by pressing [PLAY B] instead of [OK] at step 3. Instructions continue on the next page. 70 EN BASIC PLAYBACK If you want to see disc information, press [{ { ] when the first page of the title list is displayed or press [ K ] when the first title is selected but not when “Play”, “Edit” or “Overwrite” is highlighted. e.g.) DVD+RW 4 Use [K / L] to select “Play” (for DVD), or select “Resume Playback” or “Play from Start” (for HDD), then press [OK]. e.g.) DVD 1 SP(2Hr) Connections Play Edit Overwrite NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP SUN NOV/25/12 0:20:44 2 No Disc Name NOV/26/12 11:35AM CH13 EP MON NOV/26/12 0:10:33 Disc DVD+RW Total Titles 3 Disc Space Used 0:30:48 Disc Protect OFF Make Edits Compatible Needed 3 EMPTY SPACE 1:37:52 SP (2Hr) No Disc Name Disc DVD+R Total Titles 5 1:30:48 Disc Protect OFF Finalize Finalized • Refer to “Resume Playback” on page 74. Recording Disc Space Used 5 Press [STOP C] once to stop playback temporarily. Basic Setup Playback will start. e.g.) DVD+R Introduction Note for DVD title list Playback 1. Disc name (Default “No Disc Name”) 2. Disc type (DVD+RW/DVD+R/ DVD-RW/DVD-R) 3. Total number of title (include “EMPTY SPACE”) 4. Total time of recorded disc space 5. Status of disc protection (“ON” is protected disc.) 6. Making edits compatible/finalize • When DVD+RW is inserted: If the disc needs to be set “Make Edits Compatible”, “Needed” is displayed. Otherwise, “Not Needed” is displayed. (Refer to page 100.) • When DVD+R, DVD-RW or DVD-R is inserted: If “Finalize” is done, “Finalized” is displayed. Otherwise, “Unfinalized” is displayed. Editing Function Setup Others Español EN 71 BASIC PLAYBACK Playing Audio Discs and Picture Discs 1 Press [DVD] first. Insert a playable disc (refer to page 27 on how to insert a disc). * Make sure the disc is compatible with this unit. (Refer to page 67 for the list of compatible discs.) It may take a while to load the disc data after the disc tray closes. When an audio CD is inserted, the track list will appear. When a disc with JPEG files is inserted, the file list will appear. • To exit the track/file list, press [STOP C]. • To resume the track/file list, press [TITLE]. 2 Use [K / L] to select a desired folder or track/file, then press [OK]. e.g.) File list File List DISC NAME Folder1 Folder2 JPEG file1 JPEG file2 JPEG file3 JPEG file4 JPEG file5 JPEG file6 1/ 2 Note • Files whose extension is other than “.jpg / .jpeg(JPEG)” will not be listed. • Some unplayable folders or files may be listed due to the recording status. • High-resolution JPEG files take longer to be displayed. • Progressive JPEG files (JPEG files saved in progressive format) cannot be played back on this unit. 72 EN When selecting track/file: Playback will start. When selecting the folder (Not available for audio CD): The files in the folder will appear. Use [K / L] to select the file or folder you want to play back, then press [OK]. • Press [PLAY B], [OK] or [B] to move to any lower hierarchies. • Press [s] or [RETURN] to move back to the previous hierarchy. Hints for audio CD tracks and JPEG files: • Folders are shown by . • Audio CD tracks are shown by . • JPEG files are shown by . • The system can recognize up to 255 folders, up to 99 tracks/999 files. • Letters of a file/folder name overflowing the given space will be displayed as “...”. Unrecognizable characters will be replaced with asterisks. • If there are no files in the folder, “No Files” will be displayed. It is recommended that files to be played back in this unit are recorded under the following specifications: • Upper limit : 6,300 x 5,100 dots. • Lower limit : 32 x 32 dots. • File size of image maximum : 12 MB. BASIC PLAYBACK Using the Title / Disc Menu Picture CD Image 1 2 3 4 5 6 1/2 3) Press [STOP C] to stop playback. • Press [TITLE] to display the thumbnail again. Note • You can select a numbered menu with [the Number buttons] also. • Menus vary among discs. Refer to the information accompanying the disc for details. • [TITLE] or [DISC MENU] will not always be active with all DVD. • For video CD, when “PBC (Video CD only)” in “DISC Playback Mode” menu is “ON”, the video CD main menu will appear when inserting a disc. Pause 1) During playback, press [PAUSE F]. Playback will be paused. Function Setup • After track is displayed for 5 seconds or 10 seconds (set in “Slide Show” on page 77) the display moves to the next track. During JPEG or KODAK Picture CD playback, press [B] or [{] to rotate a picture 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise respectively. (Not available when the display menu appears.) 4) Press [STOP C] to exit. Editing Notes on JPEG and KODAK Picture CD: 3) Use [K / L / { / B] to make a selection, and then press [OK] to enable your selection. Playback 2) Use [K / L / { / B] to select a desired track to be played back, then press [PLAY B] or [OK]. An image will be played back from the selected track and go to the next one in turn. 2) Press [TITLE] or [DISC MENU] to call up the title list or disc menu. Recording • To exit the Picture CD thumbnail List, press [RETURN] or [STOP C]. Arrow icons mean the title list includes a next or previous page. Use [{ / B] in the direction of the icon you wish to follow. You can also quick review the six thumbnails at once between the first and last pages by pressing [H] / [G]. It may take a while to load the disc data after the disc tray closes. Basic Setup 1 Press [DVD] first. 1) Insert a disc (refer to page 27 on how to insert a disc). * Make sure the disc is compatible with this unit. (Refer to page 67 for the list of compatible discs.) Connections 1) Press [TITLE]. DVD or video CD with PBC function may contain a title list, which describes the contents of the disc, or a disc menu, which guides you through the available functions in the disc. Introduction KODAK Picture CD The Picture CD is a service to convert photographs taken by a conventional film camera into digital data and write the data on a CD. You can enjoy picture images on the TV set by playing back the Picture CDs. For details of KODAK Picture CD, contact a shop that provides developing service of Kodak Inc. F 2) Press [PLAY B] to return to the normal playback. • On DVD, set “Still Mode” to “Field” in “Playback” menu if pictures in pause mode are blurred. (Refer to page 108.) Others Note Español EN 73 SPECIAL PLAYBACK Resume Playback Note You can play back from where you last stopped the disc. 1) During playback, press [STOP C]. The resume message will appear. Resume ON 2) Press [PLAY B]. In a few seconds, playbackk will resume from the point at which it stopped last. You can resume playbackk at the same point even if you turn the unit to the standby mode (HDD/DVD only). To cancel the resume playbackk and start playing back the disc from the beginning, press [STOP C] again while the playbackk is stopped. For HDD: You can set a resume point per every title. For DVD+RW/+R, DVD-RW/-R, Video CD, Audio CD and JPEG files: You can set only one resume point per disc. Note • For JPEG files, playback will resume from the beginning of the file at which playback was stopped. • Resume Playback is available when you play back the video CD without PBC function. • Some video CD with the PBC function resume playback from the beginning of the track. Fast Forward / Fast Reverse Playback • Forward/reverse speed will be indicated with icons as follows. forward (approx. speed) 2x: 20x: 40x: reverse (approx. speed) 5x: 20x: 40x: Variable Skip / Variable Replay During playback, you can skip forward or backward by the amount of time you set in “Playback” menu. To set the time amount, refer to “ 8 Variable Skip / Replay” on page 108. During playback, press [SKIP ] if you want to skip forward. Press [REPLAY ] if you want to skip backward. Rapid Playback Rapid playback function is available only during playback. This function is available only on discs recorded in the Dolby Digital format, and plays back in a slightly faster/ slower speed while keeping the sound output. 1) During playback, press [RAPID PLAY]. 1) During playback, press [D] or [E]. Every time you press [D] or [E], approximate speed will be changed as follows. Fast forward or fast reverse playback across titles (for HDD/DVD) is not possible. 40x 20x 5x normal speed playback 2x 20x 40x For video CD, approximate forward/reverse speeds are 2x, 8x, 16x. For audio CD, approximate speed is fixed at 8x with sound (indicated with / ). 2) Press [PLAY B] to return to the normal playback. B0.8x: Press [RAPID PLAY] once during playback. Plays back approximately at 0.8 times of normal playback. B1.3x: Press [RAPID PLAY] twice during playback. Plays back approximately at 1.3 times of normal playback. B: Press [RAPID PLAY] 3rd time to play back in normal speed. No effects. 2) Press [PLAY B] to return to the normal playback. Note • Audio (language) setting cannot be changed while using this mode. • This feature may not work at some point in a disc. • Audio is PCM during rapid playback mode except when using digital audio connection. • When using digital audio connection (COAXIAL), the LPCM sound (2 channel) will be output. 74 EN SPECIAL PLAYBACK Introduction Step by Step Playback Chasing Playback during Recording Note • Only step by step forward playback is available for playing back video CD. Slow Forward / Slow Reverse Playback Recording • You can also use the special playback functions such as [E], [D] etc. during chasing playback mode. • [REC] is invalid during chasing playback. • You can no longer fast forward the playback when it comes to a few seconds before the current recording point. Note Basic Setup 1) During recording, press [PLAY B]. Playback of the title you are recording will start from the beginning. • Elapsed playback time will be displayed in the front panel display. 2) Press [STOP C] once to stop the playback, . The front panel display will switch back to show the elapsed recording time. If you press [STOP C] twice, it will stop the recording. Connections F]. Playback will be paused and sound will be muted. 2) Press [G] repeatedly. Playback will advance one frame (or step) at a time when you press [G] with the sound muted. To play back step by step backward: Press [H] repeatedly. Every time you press the button, the playback will go backward by one frame. • Press and hold [H] / [G] to reverse / advance continuously. 3) Press [PLAY B] to return to the normal playback. You can play back a title being recorded from the beginning while recording continues. Simultaneous Playback and Recording 1/8x 1/16x pause 1/16x 1/8x 2) Press [PLAY B] to return to the normal playback. Note To playback a title being recorded while continuing to record, refer to “Chasing Playback during Recording” above (available only with HDD). Note • Video CD, audio CD, JPEG files recorded on a disc can also be played back during HDD recording. Function Setup Others • Forward/reverse speed will be indicated with icons as follows. forward (approx. speed) 1/16x: 1/8x: 1/3x: reverse (approx. speed) 1/16x: 1/8x: 1/4x: • Only slow forward is available when playing back video CD. 1/3x Editing 1/4x With regard to HDD, you can continue recording a program while playing back another title. To do so, press [TITLE] during recording and select a title you like to play back, and then press [PLAY B]. (You can also start the playback from the title list menu.) Playback 1) During playback, press [PAUSE F]. Then press [ D] or [ E]. Every time you press [D] or [E], approximate speed will be changed as follows. (The sound will remain muted.) Español EN 75 SPECIAL PLAYBACK Zoom Marker Setting 1) During playback, press [DISPLAY]. 2) Use [{ { / B] to select menu. e.g.) DVD-video 1/ 5 This feature allows you to assign a specific point on a title to be called back later. 1) During playback, press [DISPLAY] to bring up the display menu. If the display menu is already shown, skip to step 2. 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 DVD Video 2) Use [{ { / B] to select e.g.) DVD-video to display the marker list. 1/ 5 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 DVD Video 3) Use [K / L] to select a desired zoom factor to zoom, then press [OK]. 1/ 5 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 DVD Video × 1.2 × 1.5 × 2.0 3) Use [K / L] to select a desired marker number. When it reaches the desired point, press [OK]. 1/ 5 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 DVD Video 1 Zoom menu will appear. There are four options (x1.0, x1.2, x1.5 and x2.0), these are displayed excluding the current zoom rate. 2 3 4 5 6 ------------- Zoom area will be displayed. The title (track) number and the time will be displayed. 4) Use [K / L / { / B] to select a desired zoom position, then press [OK]. 4) To return to the marker later: Use [K / L] to select the desired marker number, then press [OK]. Note Zoom playback will start. Note • When selecting a smaller factor than the current one, the zoom area will not be displayed. • To exit the zoom menu, press [RETURN] repeatedly at step 3. • To cancel the zoom function, select “x1.0” using [K / L], then press [OK] at step 3. • When you zoom a picture during a slide show, the slide show will be put in the pause mode. Press [PLAY B] to resume the slide show and the zoom function will be turned off. 76 EN • To clear a marker, select the marker number to be cleared, then press [CLEAR]. • All markers will be erased when you operate these operations listed below. – opening the disc tray (DVD/CD only) – turning the unit to the standby mode (DVD/ CD only) – make additional recording on the disc (DVD only) – editing any title (DVD only) – dividing the title (HDD only) – deleting a scene of the title (HDD only) • You can mark up to 6 points. • Marker setting is not available when you play back the video CD with PBC function. SPECIAL PLAYBACK Note Available repeat function may vary depending on discs. 1) During playback press [DISPLAY], then proceed to step 2), or press [REPEAT] then proceed to step 3). • If the display menu is already shown, skip to step 2. 1/ 5 to display the selection 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 DVD Video 1/ 5 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 DVD Video OFF Title Chapter A–B You can play back a disc randomly instead of playing back in the original order. 1) Press [MENU]. 0:00:15 / 0:05:00 CD OFF Track All A–B Recording 2) Use [K / L] to select “DISC Playback Mode”, then press [OK]. “DISC Playback Mode” menu will appear. For JPEG, use [K / L] to select “Photo”, then press [OK]. 3) Use [K / L] to select “Random Play”, then press [OK]. Random playback will start. e.g.) audio CD, video CD 1/ 5 Random Playback Basic Setup K / L] to select a desired repeat type, then press [OK]. e.g.) HDD/DVD Connections 2) Use [{ { / B] to select menu. • Point B for the repeat A-B playback should be set within the same title or track as point A. • To cancel the repeat playback, select “OFF” at step 3. The repeat setting will also be cancelled when you stop playback. • You cannot select “Group” during the random playback. • Repeat playback is not available when you play back the Video CD with PBC function. Introduction Repeat Playback e.g.) JPEG files 1/ 5 Note 0:00:05 OFF Track All Group The selected repeat playback will start. 1/ 5 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 • To cancel random playback, press [STOP C] twice during random playback. “OFF” appears on the TV screen. • For Video CD with PBC function, the PBC setting will be switched to the standby mode automatically when you start random playback. Playback JPEG +RW Title You can select the display time between 5 seconds and 10 seconds. 1) Follow steps 1 and 2 in “Random Playback” on page 77. 2) Use [K / L] to select “Slide Show”, then press [OK]. Function Setup 3) Use [K/ L] to select the display time, then press [OK]. 4) Press [MENU] to exit. Others Title (HDD/DVD only): The current title will be played back repeatedly. Chapter (HDD/DVD only): The current chapter will be played back repeatedly. All (DVD/Audio CD/Video CD without PBC function/ disc with JPEG): All titles in the media will be played back repeatedly. A-B (HDD/DVD/Audio CD/Video CD without PBC function only): Desired section can be played back repeatedly. 1) Use [K / L] to select “A-B”, then press [OK]. 2) Press [OK] at the desired starting point A. 3) Press [OK] at the desired ending point B. Track (Audio CD/Video CD without PBC function/ JPEG files only): The current track or file will be played back repeatedly. Group (JPEG files only): The current folder will be played back repeatedly. Slide Show Editing Repeat Note • Large-size JPEG files take a few moments to be displayed. Español EN 77 SPECIAL PLAYBACK Program Playback Playing Back the Autostart Recording You can program the disc to play back in your desired order. 1) Press [MENU]. 2) Use [K / L] to select “DISC Playback Mode”, then press [OK]. “DISC Playback Mode” menu will appear. 3) Use [K / L] to select “Program Play”, then press [OK]. 4) Use [K / L] to select a desired track, then press [OK] or [B]. DISC Playback Mode Program Play -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Total 0:00:00 Repeat this step until you program all the desired tracks. 5) Press [PLAY B]. DISC Playback Mode Program Play 09 04 10 06 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Total By playing back the autostart recording, you can pause or go back the TV program you are currently watching. For the autostart recording refer to “AUTOSTART RECORDING” on page 46. To pause and resume the TV program: 1) When watching TV program through this unit’s tuner, press [PAUSE F]. TV program will be paused and sound will be muted. 2) Press [PLAY B] to resume the TV program you were watching from where you have paused. To rewind or fast forward the TV program: When watching TV program through this unit’s tuner, press [H], [E], [REPLAY ], [G], [D] or [SKIP ]. • While playing back the autostart recording, pressing [H] or [G] skips playback point 5 minutes backward or forward. To go back to the specific time: 1) When watching a TV program through this unit’s tuner, press [DISPLAY], then press [OK]. 2) Use [K / L / { / B] or [the Number buttons] to enter a desired time, then press [OK]. • While playing back the autostart recording, press [STOP C] to cancel the playback. • When watching TV program or while playing back the autostart recording, press [DISPLAY] once to display the autostart recording information. Refer to “Autostart Recording Information” on page 23. • Noise reduction and zoom functions are available while playing back the autostart recording. 0:31:07 Note Program playback will start. Note • To erase tracks you selected, press [CLEAR] at step 4. • You can program up to 50 tracks. • To cancel program playback, press [STOP C] twice during program playback. “OFF” appears on the TV screen. • Program information will be retained until you turn the unit to the standby mode or open the disc tray. • You may also select a desired track using [the Number buttons] at step 4. • For video CD with PBC function, the PBC setting will be switched to the standby mode automatically when you start program playback. 78 EN • While playing back the autostart recording, you cannot change the channels. • While playing back the autostart recording, you cannot change the DTV audio language. • If you change to DVD mode or if the timer recording starts while playing back the autostart recording, the playback will be stopped. • When this unit turns on for the timer recordings, the autostart recording will not be performed. • For the contents of the autostart recording, you cannot change the TV audio. SEARCH Track Search Using [H] / [G] Using [H] / [G] Note • With regard to HDD, chapter search using [H] / [G] is available only within the same title. Basic Setup To go back to the beginning of the current title or chapter, press [H]. Press it repeatedly to go to the previous title or chapter. The title or chapter will move backward one at a time. 1) During playback, press [G] to skip the current track/file and move to the next. The track/file will move forward one at a time. To go back to the beginning of the current track/file, press [H]. Press it repeatedly to go to the previous track/file. The track/file will move backward one at a time. For JPEG files, press it once to go to the previous file. Using [DISPLAY] 1) During playback, press [DISPLAY] to bring up the display menu. If the display menu is already shown, skip to step 2. 1/ 5 1) During playback, press [DISPLAY]. Recording 2) Use [{ { / B] to select e.g.) audio CD Using [DISPLAY] Connections 1) During playback, press [G] to skip the current title or chapter and move to the next. The title or chapter will move forward one at a time. • If there is no chapter in one title, the current title will be skipped. Introduction Title / Chapter Search 0:00:15 / 0:05:00 CD 2) Use [{ { / B] to select e.g.) DVD-video The number next to 1/ 5 DVD Video The number next to will be highlighted. 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 3) Use [K / L] or [the Number buttons] to enter a desired track/file number to search, then press [OK]. After the search, playback will start automatically. Playback 1/ 5 will be highlighted. Editing Note • During CD playback you can enter a track number directly using [the Number buttons] for track search without displaying the menu. • Track search using [DISPLAY] is not available when you play back the video CD with PBC function. Note Function Setup 3) Title: Use [K / L] or [the Number buttons] to enter a desired title number to search, then press [OK]. Title search will start. Chapter: Press [B] to move to the number next to for chapter. Use [K / L] or [the Number buttons] to enter a desired chapter number to search, then press [OK]. After the search, playback will start automatically. • In search mode display, total numbers of each search contents (title/chapter/time) are shown as a denominator. 1/ 5 Others 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 1 DVD V Video Español total number total time of titles of the title total number of chapters EN 79 SEARCH Time Search 1)During playback, press [DISPLAY] to bring up the display menu. If the display menu is already shown, skip to step 2. { / B] to select 2) Use [{ e.g.) DVD-video 1/ 5 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 DVD Video e.g.) audio CD 1/ 5 0:00:15 / 0:05:00 CD The number next to will be highlighted. To move to the number next to , press [B]. When time search is not available, counter are not displayed. and time 3) Use [K / L / { / B] or [the Number buttons] to enter a desired time to search, then press [OK]. After the search, playback will start automatically. Note • Time search is available only in the same track, file or title. • Time search is not available when you play back the video CD with PBC function. 80 EN SELECTING THE FORMAT OF AUDIO AND VIDEO Switching Subtitles Switching Audio Soundtrack When playing back a DVD-video recorded with 2 or more soundtracks (these are often in different languages), you can switch them during playback. When playing back video CD, audio CD you can switch “L/R”(stereo), “L”(left) or “R”(right). 1) During playback, press [DISPLAY]. 1/ 5 to display the selection 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 1) During playback press [DISPLAY], then proceed to step 2), or press [AUDIO] then proceed to step 3). • If the display menu is already shown, skip to step 2. 2) Use [{ { / B] to select menu. to display the selection DVD Video 1/ 5 1/ 5 1/ 5 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 DVD Video 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 1.Dolby Digital 5.1ch English 2.Dolby Digital 2ch English DVD Video Recording 3) Use [K / L] to select a desired subtitle language, then press [OK]. 3) Use [K / L] to select a desired audio soundtrack or audio channel, then press [OK]. For DVD-video • Audio soundtrack will switch. Basic Setup 2) Use [{ { / B] to select menu. e.g.) DVD-video Connections DVD-video may have subtitles in 1 or more languages. Available subtitle languages can be found on the disc case. You can switch subtitle languages anytime during playback. Introduction You can select the format of audio and video as you prefer depending on the contents of the disc you are playing back. OFF 1.English Note • Some discs will only allow you to change the subtitle from the disc menu. Press [TITLE] or [DISC MENU] to display the disc menu. • If a 4-digit language code appears in the subtitle menu, refer to “LANGUAGE CODE” on page 121. 1/ 5 Playback Subtitle will be displayed in the selected language. When selecting “OFF”, subtitle will disappear. • If the title contains both main and sub audio, you can further select “L” (main), “R” (sub), or “L/R” (mixed of main and sub). For audio CD, video CD • Audio channel will switch. e.g.) audio CD 0:00:15 / 0:05:00 CD Editing 1. L/R 2. L 3. R Note Function Setup • Some discs will only allow you to change the soundtrack from the disc menu. Press [TITLE] or [DISC MENU] to display the disc menu. Others Español EN 81 SELECTING THE FORMAT OF AUDIO AND VIDEO Switching Camera Angles Reducing Block Noise Some DVD-videos have scenes shot from 2 or more angles. Angle information should be on the disc case if the disc contains multi-angle scenes. 1) During playback, press [DISPLAY]. 2) Use [{ { / B] to select e.g.) DVD-video 1/ 5 1/ 5 , then press [OK]. 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 This function reduces noise in the playback picture. 1) During playback, press [DISPLAY]. 2) Use [{ { / B] to select menu. e.g.) DVD-video 1/ 5 to display the selection 1/ 5 DVD Video 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 DVD Video 3) Use [K / L] to select a desired option, then press [OK]. 1/ 5 1/ 5 0:01:00 / 1:23:45 DVD Video OFF Type 1 Type 2 Angle icon appears when a switching camera angle is available. Angle will switch each time you press [OK]. Note • Angle icon does not appear on the TV screen in case you set “Angle Icon” to “OFF” in the “Playback” menu. Refer to page 108. 82 EN Your setting will be activated. OFF : When playing back titles with a very small amount of noise such as DVD-video. Type 1 : For the titles recorded in compressed video mode such as SLP mode. Type 2 : Same as type 1, only more effective. INFORMATION ON EDITING Title list allows you to check the titles recorded on the HDD or the disc easily. You can choose a title to play back from this list and easily edit the titles as you prefer. Press [HDD], then press [TITLE]. Press [DVD], then press [TITLE]. DVD mode 2 1 7 6 8 Connections HDD mode 9 Title List 1 JAN/ 9/12 12:00AM CH10 SP 12:00AM (1:00:00) MON JAN/ 9/12 CH10 SP 1 2 5 SP(2Hr) NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP SUN NOV/25/12 0:20:44 3 Play Edit Overwrite 6 2 NOV/26/12 11:35AM CH13 EP MON NOV/26/12 0:10:33 Basic Setup 4 3 EMPTY SPACE 1:37:52 SP (2Hr) 1/6 3 4 Introduction Guide to a Title List 5 4 7 11 10 e.g.) DVD Recording Edit 2 Title Delete Edit Title Name Chapter Mark Hide Chapter Index Picture Title Dividing NOV/26/12 11:35AM CH13 EP Playback 1 : 05 : 00 16 15 14 12 Function Setup Others 9. Recording mode: Currently selected recording mode is displayed here. 10. Capacity indicator: Indicating the position and the amount of each title in the disc. The portion for the selected title is highlighted. • It may not indicate the precise capacity of the disc. • If the duration of a title is too short, it may not be reflected in the capacity indicator. 11. Index pictures: A cut from the recorded content is displayed here. 12. Submenu: Submenus for the selected menu are displayed here. 13. Title name (editable): If you do not name the title, the recorded date, time, channel, and the recording mode are displayed here. 14. Progress bar: Indicating the progress of the playback. 15. Preview window: Preview of the selected title is displayed here. 16. Playback status: Indicating the current playback status of the selected title. Editing Press [STOP C] to exit the title list. Español 1. Title name (editable): Recording date, time, channel and the recording mode will be assigned automatically as the title name until you edit it. 2. Title information: Time at which the recording of the title was started, duration of the title, date recorded, channel recorded, and the recording mode in which the title was recorded. 3. Title List: List of titles recorded on the HDD. Each title is indicated by its index picture. Following icons may be displayed on the index picture. : Indicating the title has never been played back. : Indicating the title is protected. : Indicating the title is a copy-protected title. I : If you call up the title list while recording, “I” will be displayed on the index picture of the title currently being recorded. 4. Arrow: Indicating there is a previous / next page. 5. Title list page number: Current page / total pages. 6. Title list: List of the titles recorded on the disc, and their information. 7. Arrow: Indicating there is a previous / next page. 8. Title information: On the first line, title name (editable) is displayed. On the second line, the date recorded and length of the title are displayed. EMPTY SPACE: The portion of the disc where there are no recordings made. As for the EMPTY SPACE, available recording time by the selected recording mode is displayed on the second line. 13 EN 83 INFORMATION ON EDITING Edit Menu Media Available Features Putting names on titles HDD DVD ✔ ✔ Deleting a title ✔ ✔ Deleting selected titles ✔ Deleting a scene of a title ✔ Adding / deleting chapter marks ✔ ✔ ✔ Hiding chapters Protecting a title ✔ Dividing a title ✔ ✔ *1 Setting an index picture ✔ Finalizing a disc ✔ Making edits compatible ✔* Putting name on disc ✔ Setting or Releasing disc protect ✔ ✔ : Available Note 2 : Not available • Once you have finalized a DVD+R/ DVD-R, you cannot edit or record anything on that disc. • While recording a title to an HDD or a DVD, only deleting HDD titles is available. *1 : -RW/+RW discs only *2 : +RW discs only How to Access the Edit Menu HDD DVD Press [HDD] first. 1) Press [TITLE]. Press [DVD] first. 1) Press [TITLE]. 2) Use [K / L / { / B] to select a desired title, then press [OK]. 2) Use [K / L] to select a desired title, then press [OK]. SP(2Hr) 1 Title List NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP SUN NOV/25/12 0:20:44 JAN/ 9/12 12:00AM CH10 SP 12:00AM (1:00:00) MON JAN/ 9/12 CH10 SP 1 2 2 3 NOV/26/12 11:35AM CH13 EP MON NOV/26/12 0:10:33 3 4 5 6 EMPTY SPACE 1:37:52 SP (2Hr) 1/6 3) Use [K / L] to select “Edit”, then press [OK]. Resume Playback Play From Start Edit Title Delete Delete Multiple Titles Dubbing 3) Use [K / L] to select “Edit”, then press [OK]. Play Edit Overwrite SP(2Hr) 1 NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP SUN NOV/25/12 0:20:44 2 NOV/26/12 11:35AM CH13 EP MON NOV/26/12 0:10:33 3 EMPTY SPACE 1:37:52 SP (2Hr) Edit 1 Scene Delete Edit Title Name Chapter Mark Title Dividing Protect Edit 1 Title Delete Edit Title Name Chapter Mark Hide Chapter Index Picture Title Dividing JAN/ 9/12 12:00AM CH10 SP 1 : 05 : 00 NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP 1 : 05 : 00 84 EN EDITING Introduction Deleting a Title You can delete a title which you do not need anymore. Please be advised that the title once deleted cannot be brought back. Press [TITLE]. Use [K / L / { / B] to select a desired title to delete, then press [OK]. If you are editing the titles on HDD, proceed to step 4. If you are editing the titles on DVD, proceed to step 3. HDD mode Basic Setup 1 2 Connections If you are editing the titles on HDD, press [HDD] first. If you are editing the titles on DVD, press [DVD] first. Title List Recording Title 1 12:00AM (1:00:00) MON JAN/ 9/12 CH10 SP 1 2 3 4 5 6 1/1 Playback DVD mode 1 SP(2Hr) NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP SUN NOV/25/12 0:20:44 2 NOV/26/12 11:35AM CH13 EP MON NOV/26/12 0:10:33 3 Editing EMPTY SPACE 1:37:52 SP (2Hr) Play Edit Overwrite 1 SP(2Hr) NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP SUN NOV/25/12 0:20:44 2 NOV/26/12 11:35AM CH13 EP MON NOV/26/12 0:10:33 Function Setup 3 Use [K / L] to select “Edit”, then press [OK]. 3 EMPTY SPACE 1:37:52 SP (2Hr) Instructions continue on the next page. EN 85 Español • For DVD+RW/DVD-RW, the available disc space will increase only when the last recorded title in the title list is deleted. For DVD+R/DVD-R, the disc space will not be affected. • Deleted part of the titles in the capacity indicator changes in color. • As for DVD+RW/DVD-RW if you delete the title, deleted title will be displayed as “EMPTY SPACE”. • For DVD, it may take a while to write the data to the disc after you press [OK] at step 5. Others Note EDITING 4 Use [K / L] to select “Title Delete”, then press [OK]. HDD mode Resume Playback Play From Start Edit Title Delete Delete Multiple Titles Dubbing 5 Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. The title is now deleted. Title List Title 2 12:00AM (1:00:00) MON JAN/ 9/12 CH10 SP DVD mode 1 2 4 5 3 Edit 1/1 1 Title Delete Edit Title Name Chapter Mark Hide Chapter Index Picture Title Dividing 1 SP(2Hr) EMPTY SPACE 0:21:14 SP (2Hr) 2 NOV/26/12 11:35AM CH13 EP MON NOV/26/12 0:10:33 NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP 1 : 05 : 00 Confirmation message will appear. 86 EN 3 EMPTY SPACE 1:37:52 SP (2Hr) EDITING Introduction Deleting Selected Titles You can delete titles which you do not need anymore. Please be advised that the titles once deleted cannot be brought back. Title List Title 1 12:00AM (1:00:00) MON JAN/ 9/12 CH10 SP 2 3 4 5 6 Press ‘CLEAR’ to confirm. Basic Setup 1 Connections 4 Use [K / L / { / B] to select the title you want to delete, then press [OK]. 1/1 Trash mark will appear indicating the title is marked for deletion. Title List Title 2 12:00AM (1:00:00) MON JAN/ 9/12 CH10 SP 2 3 4 5 6 Use [K / L / { / B] to select any title, then press [OK]. Title List 1 2 3 4 5 6 Press [CLEAR]. Confirmation message will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Titles are now deleted. Function Setup Title 1 12:00AM (1:00:00) MON JAN/ 9/12 CH10 SP 6 7 1/1 Editing 1 2 Playback 1 Press ‘CLEAR’ to confirm. Press [HDD], then press [TITLE]. Recording 5 Repeat step 4 until you select all the titles you want to delete. Title List Title 1 12:00AM (1:00:00) MON JAN/ 9/12 CH10 SP 1 2 3 4 1/1 1/1 To remove the trash mark from the title: Select the title with the trash mark, then press [OK]. Español Resume Playback Play From Start Edit Title Delete Delete Multiple Titles Dubbing Others 3 Use [K / L] to select “Delete Multiple Titles”, then press [OK]. EN 87 EDITING Putting Names on Titles You can put title names on the titles and change the names from this menu. 4 Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Edit - Edit Title Name 1 Yes No MY FAVORITE 1 : 05 : 00 The title name is now updated. 5 Press [RETURN] once or repeatedly to go back to the title list. For DVD, the data will be written onto the disc momentarily. This operation may take a while to be completed. Guide to Edit Title Name 1 2 Follow steps in “How to Access the Edit Menu” on page 84 to display “Edit” menu. Use [K / L] to select “Edit Title Name”, then press [OK]. 1) Use [K / L] to select a desired character set, then press [OK]. 2) Follow the list below, use [the Number buttons] repeatedly until the desired letter appears. When you finish entering a title name, press [OK]. Select Press e.g.) DVD ABC abc 123 0 ! ”# $ % & ’( ) *+,-./:;<=> ?@[]^_{|} (*1) (*1) 1 ABC abc 2 DEF def 3 GHI ghi 4 JKL jkl 5 MNO mno 6 PQRS pqrs 7 TUV tuv 8 WXYZ wxyz 9 Edit 1 Title Delete Edit Title Name Chapter Mark Hide Chapter @!? Index Picture Title Dividing NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP 1 : 05 : 00 3 To enter a title name, follow the steps of “Guide to Edit Title Name” on page 88. Edit - Edit Title Name 1 A B C a b c character set 1 2 3 @ ! ? *1 Press , character set will be changed to “ @!? ” mode automatically. Press to to go back to the previous character set. • To delete letters, press [CLEAR] repeatedly. Holding [CLEAR] will delete all letters. • Use [s / B] to move the cursor to the left and right. • You can enter up to 30 letters. Note M 1 : 05 : 00 area for entering title names 88 EN • Undefined letters in a title name are shown by “*”. If you delete them, adjoining letters may change to “*” or other character. • Press the corresponding number key repeatedly to choose the available letters. e.g.) Press [2] three times to choose the letter “C”. EDITING Introduction Chapter Marks (Add) You can put chapter marks in each title. Once a chapter is marked, you can use it for the chapter search feature. To add a chapter mark: Use [K / L] to select “Chapter Mark”, then press [OK]. Connections Submenu will appear. Play back the title up to the point where you want to set a new chapter mark. Basic Setup When it comes to the desired point, press [PAUSE F]. Use [K / L] to select “Add”, then press [OK]. e.g.) DVD Recording 1 2 3 4 Follow steps in “How to Access the Edit Menu” on page 84 to display “Edit” menu. Edit - Chapter Mark 1 Add Delete Playback Delete All Chapter 2/ 3 NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP 1 : 05 : 00 Edit - Chapter Mark - Add 1 Editing 5 Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Yes No 2/ 3 Function Setup Chapter F NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP Note for adding or deleting chapter marks A new chapter mark is now added. To add more chapter marks, repeat steps 3 to 5. 6 Press [RETURN] once or repeatedly to go back to the title list. Others For DVD, the data will be written onto the disc momentarily. This operation may take a while to be completed. Español • Maximum number of chapter marks in a title is 99 (for HDD/DVD) and the maximum number of chapter marks in total is no limit (for HDD) / 254 (for DVD). If the number of the chapter marks exceed the limit, you cannot add any more chapter marks. • Only with regard to DVD editing, you may not be able to add chapter marks depending on the duration of the title or the number of chapters. • Only with regard to DVD editing, remaining time of the disc may decrease when adding chapter marks or increase when clearing chapter marks depending on the recording time or edited contents. • When you search for a point at step 3, you can also use the special playback functions such as [G], [D] etc. 1 : 05 : 00 EN 89 EDITING Chapter Marks (Delete) To delete a chapter mark: 1 2 3 Follow steps in “How to Access the Edit Menu” on page 84 to display “Edit” menu. Use [K / L] to select “Chapter Mark”, then press [OK]. Submenu will appear. Use [H] / [G] to go to the chapter with the chapter mark number you want to delete, then press [PAUSE F]. Chapter mark number is displayed on the preview screen. e.g.) DVD Edit - Chapter Mark 1 Add Delete Delete All Chapter 2/ 3 NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP 1 : 05 : 00 4 5 Use [K / L] to select “Delete”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Edit - Chapter Mark - Delete 1 Yes No Chapter 1/ 2 F NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP 1 : 05 : 00 The selected chapter mark is now deleted. To delete more chapter marks, repeat steps 3 to 5. 6 Press [RETURN] once or repeatedly to go back to the title list. For DVD, the data will be written onto the disc momentarily. This operation may take a while to be completed. Note • You cannot delete the first chapter mark. 90 EN EDITING Introduction Chapter Marks (Delete All) To delete all chapter marks: Use [K / L] to select “Chapter Mark”, then press [OK]. Connections Submenu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Delete All”, then press [OK]. Basic Setup Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Recording 1 2 3 4 Follow steps in “How to Access the Edit Menu” on page 84 to display “Edit” menu. Edit - Chapter Mark - Delete All 1 Yes No Chapter 2/ 3 F NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP Playback 1 : 05 : 00 All chapter marks are now deleted. Edit - Chapter Mark 1 Add Delete Delete All 1/ 1 Editing Chapter NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP 1 : 05 : 00 Data will be written onto the disc momentarily. This operation may take a while to be completed. Function Setup 5 Press [RETURN] once or repeatedly to go back to the title list. Others Español EN 91 EDITING Dividing a Title You can divide one title into 2 new titles. 1 2 3 4 Follow steps in “How to Access the Edit Menu” on page 84 to display “Edit” menu. Play back the title up to the point where you want to divide the title. When it comes to the desired point, press [PAUSE F]. Use [K / L] to select “Title Dividing”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. The title is now divided into 2 new titles, and it will go back to the title list automatically. Title name’s of the divided titles are identical, and index pictures are reset to the first scene at this point. Note • Once a title has been split up, it is not possible to merge them back. • If an internal HDD or a DVD contains the maximum number of titles (HDD: 999, DVD+RW/-RW: 49), you cannot divide any titles. • With DVD+RW/-RW, you cannot divide the titles if the total number of chapters has already reached 254. • When you search for a point at step 2, you can also use the special playback functions such as [G], [D] etc. • For DVD, it may start writing data to the disc as you complete the editing procedure. 92 EN EDITING Introduction Deleting a Scene of a Title You can delete a specific part of a title. Connections 1 2 Follow steps in “How to Access the Edit Menu” on page 84 to display “Edit” menu. Use [K / L] to select “Scene Delete”, then press [OK]. Edit 1 Basic Setup Scene Delete Edit Title Name Chapter Mark Title Dividing Protect JAN/ 9/12 12:00AM CH10 LP 1 : 05 : 00 To set a start point at the beginning of the title, press [E], then press [OK]. Recording 3 Play back the title up to the point where you want to set a start point for the scene to be deleted, then press [OK]. Edit - Scene Delete Playback 1 Start End Preview Delete JAN/ 9/12 12:00AM CH10 LP 1 : 20 : 00 To set an end point at the end of the title, press [D], then press [OK]. At the end of a title, playback will be in pause mode. Press [PLAY B] to resume playback from the beginning of the title. Function Setup 4 Play back the title up to the point where you want to set an end point, then press [OK]. Editing Start point is now set, and the highlight automatically moves to “End”. Edit - Scene Delete 1 Others Start End Preview Delete JAN/ 9/12 12:00AM CH10 LP 1 : 30 : 00 • When you search for the start/end point at step 3/4, you can also use the special playback functions such as [G], [D] etc. End point is now set, and the highlight automatically moves to “Preview”. The portion for deletion is indicated in red in the progress bar at the bottom of the screen. Instructions continue on the next page. EN 93 Español Note EDITING 5 With “Preview” highlighted, press [OK] to preview the result. Every time [OK] is pressed, the deleted scene will be shown including scene material 5 seconds before and after the deleted scene. • If you are not satisfied with the result, use [K / L] to go back to “Start” or “End”, and try setting them again. • If you are satisfied with the result, proceed to step 6. 7 Use [K / L] to select “Yes” then press [OK]. Edit - Scene Delete 1 Yes No JAN/ 9/12 12:00AM CH10 LP 1 : 30 : 00 start point end point Before editing 8 Edited 6 Use [K / L] to select “Delete” then press [OK]. Edit - Scene Delete 1 Start End Preview Delete JAN/ 9/12 12:00AM CH10 LP 1 : 30 : 00 94 The selected scene is now deleted. EN Press [RETURN] once or repeatedly to go back to the title list. EDITING Introduction Protecting a Title To prevent the accidental editing, or erasing of the titles, you can protect them using the “Edit” menu. Connections Use [K / L] to select “Protect”, then press [OK]. Edit 1 Basic Setup 1 2 Follow steps in “How to Access the Edit Menu” on page 84 to display “Edit” menu. Scene Delete Edit Title Name Chapter Mark Title Dividing Protect JAN/ 6/12 12:00AM CH10 LP 1 : 30 : 00 Recording 3 With “OFF [OK]. ON” selected, press Edit - Protect 1 OFF ON Playback JAN/ 6/12 12:00AM CH10 LP 1 : 30 : 00 Function Setup 4 Press [RETURN] once or repeatedly to go back to the title list. Editing The title is now protected. • If the title is already protected, “ON OFF” will appear instead. Press [OK], to release the title from protection. • The protected title will be marked with icon. Others Español EN 95 EDITING Hiding Chapters You can hide chapters from the title list. Hidden chapters are skipped during playback. 1 2 3 4 Follow steps in “How to Access the Edit Menu” on page 84 to display “Edit” menu. Use [K / L] to select “Hide Chapter”, then press [OK]. Submenu will appear. Use [H] / [G] to go to the chapter you want to hide, then press [PAUSE F]. Use [K / L] to select “Hidden”, then press [OK]. Edit - Hide Chapter 1 Visible Hidden Chapter 2/ 3 Visible NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP 1 : 05 : 00 The chapter is now hidden. 5 Press [RETURN] once or repeatedly to go back to the title list. Data will be written onto the disc momentarily. This operation may take a while to be completed. If you want hidden chapters to be “Visible”, select the chapter to be shown. Then use [K / L] to select “Visible” at step 4 on page 96. Data will be written onto the disc momentarily. After the data is written, the title list is displayed. Note • ”Hidden” will be displayed in the preview window while previewing the hidden chapter. • When you make all chapters in the title “Hidden”, “Hidden” is displayed on an index picture of the title list. 1 Hidden SP(2Hr) NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP SUN NOV/25/12 0:20:44 2 NOV/26/12 11:35AM CH13 EP MON NOV/26/12 0:10:33 3 EMPTY SPACE 1:37:52 SP (2Hr) 96 EN EDITING Introduction Setting an Index Picture You can set your desired scene as an index picture for each title. Use [K / L] to select “Index Picture”, then press [OK]. Edit - Index Picture 1 Recording Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Basic Setup Play back the title to find the scene you want to use as an index picture. When it comes to the desired point, press [PAUSE F]. Connections 1 2 3 4 Follow steps in “How to Access the Edit Menu” on page 84 to display “Edit” menu. Yes No Playback F NOV/25/12 11:00AM CH12 SP 1 : 05 : 00 A new index picture is now set. Data will be written onto the disc momentarily. This operation may take a while to be completed. Editing 5 Press [RETURN] once or repeatedly to go back to the title list. Function Setup Others Note EN 97 Español • If the selected picture for an index picture is overwritten, the index picture is reset to the first scene of the title. • When you search for the point at step 2, you can also use the special playback functions such as [G], [D] etc. EDITING Putting Name on Disc You can put a name on the disc and change it from this menu. Press [STOP C] if you are playing back a disc. 1 2 3 Press [MENU]. Use [K / L] to select “Disc Edit”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “Edit Disc Name”, then press [OK]. e.g.) DVD+RW Disc Edit Edit Disc Name Erase Disc Make Edits Compatible Disc Protect OFF ON A window for entering a title name will appear. Edit Disc Name A B C a b c No Disc Name 1 2 3 4 5 Disc DVD+RW Total Titles 3 Disc Space Used 0:30:48 Disc Protect OFF Make Edits Compatible Needed @ ! ? To enter a disc name, follow the steps of “Guide to Edit Title Name” on page 88. When you finish entering a title name, press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Data will be written onto the disc momentarily. This operation may take a while to be completed. The disc name is now updated. Note • You cannot select “Disc Edit” when finalized DVD+R or DVD-R is inserted. 98 EN EDITING Introduction Erasing Disc You can erase all titles on a disc. Press [MENU]. Use [K / L] to select “Disc Edit”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “Erase Disc”, then press [OK]. e.g.) DVD+RW Recording Disc Edit Edit Disc Name Erase Disc Make Edits Compatible Disc Protect OFF ON Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Playback 4 Basic Setup 1 2 3 Connections Press [STOP C] if you are playing back a disc. When you press “Yes”, all the contents in the disc will be erased. Are you sure to erase the disc? Editing Yes No momentarily. Function Setup This operation may take a while to be completed. Others Español Note • When you select “Yes” at step 4, all contents of the disc will be erased. EN 99 EDITING Making Edits Compatible If you have added or deleted chapters, or made chapters hidden, you must perform “Make Edits Compatible” to see those effects on another unit. Press [STOP C] if you are playing back a disc. 1 2 3 4 Press [MENU]. Use [K / L] to select “Disc Edit”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “Make Edits Compatible”, then press [OK]. Disc Edit Edit Disc Name Erase Disc Make Edits Compatible Disc Protect OFF ON Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Activate the Make Edits Compatible? Yes No Data will be written onto the disc momentarily. This operation may take a while to be completed. 100 EN EDITING Press [STOP C] if you are playing back a disc. Use [K / L] to select “HDD Menu”, then press [OK]. HDD Menu Delete All Unprotected Titles Delete All Titles Playback 4 Use [K / L] to select “Yes”, then press [OK]. Recording Select “Delete All Unprotected Titles” to delete only unprotected titles. Select “Delete All Titles” to delete all titles including protected titles. Basic Setup Use [K / L] to select the desired type of deletion, then press [OK]. Connections 1 2 3 Press [MENU]. Introduction Deleting All Titles in HDD Delete entire titles? Editing Yes No All titles are now deleted. Function Setup Others Español EN 101 LIST OF SETTINGS The following table is the contents which you can set and the default setting. Refer to the following table for useful operation. Menu Playback pages 105-108 Items (highlight is the default) Parental Lock Disc Audio Dynamic Range Control PCM Dolby Digital Disc Menu Language Audio Language Subtitle Language Angle Icon ON OFF Set whether or not to display the angle icon. Still Mode Auto Field Frame Variable Skip 5 seconds 15 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 5 minutes Variable Replay 5 seconds 15 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 5 minutes Set the type of still image when pausing playback. English Français Español OFF 1 minute 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes Set the language for OSD (on-screen display). Auto Bright Dark Set the brightness of the front panel display. Caption Service page 38 OFF Service1 Service2 Service3 Service4 Service5 Service6 Set the type of the DTV closed caption. Recording page 43 ON OFF Set whether to record the DTV closed caption or not. CC Style User Setting pages 39-40 ON OFF Set the CC style setting whether or not it is effective. Large Middle Small Set font size of the displayed caption. General Setting Variable Skip / Replay Display pages 109-111 Contents Set the parental level for DVD playback. OFF level 8 [Adult] to 1 [Kid Safe] Compressing the range of sound volume. ON OFF Set whether the sound recorded in 96kHz will 48kHz be down sampled in 48kHz. 96kHz PCM Set the type of sound signal which outputs from the digital audio output jack. Stream Set the language for disc menu language. English French Spanish Other Set the language for audio. Original English French Spanish Other Set the language for subtitles. OFF English French Spanish Other Language Screen Saver FL Dimmer DTV CC Font Size Set the amount of skip time when you press [SKIP ]. Set the amount of rewind time when you press [REPLAY ]. Set the idling time before the screen saver starts. Instructions continue on the next page. 102 EN LIST OF SETTINGS Items (highlight is the default) CC Style Font Style pages 39-40 White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta Cyan Set the font color of the displayed caption. Edge Type None Raised Depressed Uniform L.Shadow R.Shadow White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta Cyan Set edge type of the displayed caption. Solid Transparent Translucent Flash White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta Cyan Set background transparency (Opacity) of the displayed captioning box. Back Opacity Back Color Set the viewing limitation according to US movie ratings. Set the viewing limitation according to US TV program ratings. Others Set the viewing limitation according to Canadian English language ratings. Function Setup Set the viewing limitation according to Canadian French language ratings. Instructions continue on the next page. EN 103 Español X NC-17 R PG-13 PG G NR TV Rating TV-MA TV-14 TV-PG TV-G TV-Y7 TV-Y None Canadian 18+ 14+ English Rating PG G C8+ C E Canadian French 18ans+ 16ans+ Rating 13ans+ 8ans+ G E Set background color of the displayed caption box. Editing MPAA Rating Set edge color of the displayed caption. Playback Font Color Recording Set the font transparency (Opacity) of the displayed caption. Basic Setup Solid Transparent Translucent Flash Connections General Setting Contents Set font style of the displayed caption. Font Opacity Edge Color V-Chip Style1 Style2 Style3 Style4 Style5 Style6 Style7 Style8 Introduction Menu Display pages 109-111 LIST OF SETTINGS Menu Display pages 109-111 Items (highlight is the default) V-Chip Downloadable Rating Region Rating Table Clear Rating Table Change Password Video pages 112-113 Progressive Scan ON OFF TV Aspect 4:3 Letter Box 4:3 Pan & Scan 16:9 Wide Video In S-Video In Video In S-Video In OFF 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes ON OFF Video Input page 56 L1(Rear) L2(Front) General Setting Recording Auto Chapter page 43 Auto Finalize page 66 Disc Full Contents To set the rating. Clear the downloadable rating information and its setting. Change the password. To set the progressive scan mode (set to "ON") or the interlace scan mode (set to "OFF"). Set a picture size according to aspect ratio of your TV. Set the video input type for the external input jack. Insert chapter marks at a preset time interval’s. Set the unit to finalize the disc automatically. End of Timer Rec ON OFF Clock pages 32-34 Make Recording Compatible page 43 Clock Setting Auto Clock Setting Daylight Saving Time Channel pages 29-31 Auto Channel Preset Manual Channel Preset TV Audio Select page 37 HDMI pages 114-115 ON OFF OFF Auto Manual ON(MAR-NOV) ON(APR-OCT) OFF Antenna Cable (Analog) Cable (Analog / Digital) Stereo SAP Set to prohibit additional recording (OFF) or to replace the title list after recording (ON). Set the clock. Set the clock automatically. Set the clock for the daylight saving time. Tune the channels automatically. Tune the channels manually. Set the analog TV audio type for output and recording. Format RGB YCbCr Set the color space for the HDMI output. HDMI Audio ON OFF RGB Range Normal Enhanced ON OFF Set to output the HDMI audio signal. Set to “OFF” to not output the HDMI audio signal. Set the black-white contrast level for HDMI RGB output. fun-Link (HDMI CEC) Set to utilize fun-Link (HDMI CEC). Note • Your change to each setting stays on even when the power is off. • An item which is not currently available is grayed in the on-screen settings. 104 EN SETUPS Press [STOP C] if you are playing back a disc. “General Setting” menu will appear. Use [K / L] to select “Playback”, then press [OK]. Connections 1 2 Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. Introduction Playback General Setting Basic Setup Playback Display Video Recording Clock Channel HDMI 4 5 Refer to 1 to 8 on pages 106-108 and set the selected item. Parental Lock Disc Audio Disc Menu Language Audio Language Subtitle Language Angle Icon Still Mode Variable Skip / Replay Playback 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Recording 3 Use [K / L] to select a desired item, then press [OK]. Editing When you finish with the setting, press [MENU] to exit. Function Setup Others Español EN 105 SETUPS 1 Parental Lock (Default: OFF) (DVD only) Some DVD-videos feature a parental lock level. Playback will stop if the ratings exceed the levels you set, it will require you to enter a password before the disc will playback. This feature prevents your children from viewing inappropriate material. Use [K / L] to select the desired level, then press [OK]. Parental Lock OFF 8 [Adult] 7 [NC 17] 6 [R] 5 [PG R] 4 [PG 13] 3 [PG] 2 [G] 1 [Kid Safe] If a password has not been set yet, proceed to A . If a password has been set already, proceed to B . Note • Parental lock function may not be available to some discs. • With some DVDs, it may be difficult to find if they are compatible with parental lock. Be sure to check if the parental lock function operates in the way that you have set. • Record the password just in case you forget it. • If there is a DVD in the unit when you set up the parental lock, press [OPEN/CLOSE A] to activate the parental lock level. A A password has not been set yet. Use [K / L] to select “Yes”. Use [the Number buttons] to enter a new password except for 4737, then press [OK]. Change Password? Yes No Password Input Yes Your setting will be activated. B A password has been set already. • Use [the Number buttons] to enter the current password. Password Input Your setting will be activated. • If you want to change password, use [K / L] to select “Yes”. Use [the Number buttons] to enter a new password except for 4737, then press [OK]. Change Password? Yes No Password Input Yes Your setting will be activated. Note • Press [CLEAR] to erase numbers entered incorrectly. • When you forget the password or you want to clear all settings in the “Parental Lock” menu, enter 4737 using [the Number buttons] in the password input window. Password will be cleared and parental levels will be set to “OFF”. Instructions continue on the next page. 106 EN SETUPS C Disc Audio Choose the appropriate audio setting for your external device. It will only affect disc playback. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. Dolby Digital PCM Stream Use [K / L] to select desired item, then press [OK]. Dynamic Range Control (Default : ON) (DVD only) Set to “ON” to compress the range between soft and loud sounds. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. Dynamic Range Control ON OFF Your setting will be activated. PCM : Converts the Dolby Digital into PCM (2 channel). When your amplifier/decoder is NOT compatible with Dolby Digital, set to “PCM”. Stream : Outputs Dolby Digital signals When your amplifier/decoder is compatible with Dolby Digital, set to “Stream”. • With regard to DVD playback, if the audio source is in Dolby Digital format, set “Dolby Digital” to “PCM” so that you can switch to main audio (L), sub audio (R), or a combination of both (L / R) using your amplifier / decoder. Basic Setup A Dynamic Range Control PCM Dolby Digital Connections Disc Audio A B C 3 • Dynamic range control function is available only with the titles which are recorded in the Dolby Digital format. B Set the disc menu language. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. Disc Menu Language English French Spanish Other PCM (Default : 48kHz) PCM 48kHz 96kHz 48kHz When playing back a disc with copyright protection • Even if you select “96kHz”, the sound will be down sampled at 48kHz. Audio Language (Default : Original) (DVD only) Set the audio language. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. Audio Language Original English French Spanish Other Your setting will be activated. • When “Original” is selected, the audio language will be in the disc’s default language. Function Setup Note 4 Editing 96kHz : If your amplifier/decoder is NOT compatible with 96kHz PCM, select “48kHz”. 96kHz sound will be output in 48kHz. : If your amplifier/decoder is compatible with 96kHz PCM, select “96kHz”. 96kHz sound will be output. Your setting will be activated. Playback Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. Disc Menu Language (Default : English) (DVD only) Recording Note Dolby Digital (Default : Stream) Introduction 2 Others EN 107 Español Instructions continue on the next page. SETUPS 5 Subtitle Language (Default : OFF) (DVD only) Set the subtitle language. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. 7 Still Mode (Default : Auto) Select “Auto” usually. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. Still Mode Subtitle Language Auto Field Frame OFF English French Spanish Other Your setting will be activated. If “Other” is selected for 3 to using g [the Number buttons]. 5 , press 4-digit code - - Your setting will be activated. Auto : Optimum resolution setting (“Field” or “Frame”) will be selected. Field : Images in the still mode will be stabilized. Frame : Images in the still mode will be highly defined. Note Code Input - • Frame is 1 completed video image made up of 2 fields (There are 30 frames per second of NTSC video). - 8 to the language code table on page 121. Note • Only the languages supported by the disc can be selected. • Audio language setting may not be available to some discs. • You can change or switch off the subtitles on a DVD also from the disc menu if it is available. • Press [CLEAR] or [s] to erase numbers entered incorrectly. Variable Skip / Replay Assign [SKIP ] or [REPLAY ] to skip or rewind by a certain amount of time when they are pressed. Use [K / L] to select a desired item, then press [OK]. A B Variable Skip Variable Replay Refer to the explanations below and set the selected item. A Variable Skip (Default: 30 seconds) Sets the amount of skip time for [SKIP 6 Angle Icon (Default : ON) ]. Variable Skip (DVD only) 5 seconds 15 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 5 minutes Set to “ON” to show the angle icon during the playback. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. Angle Icon ON OFF (DVD only) B Variable Replay (Default: 30 seconds) Sets the amount of rewind time for [REPLAY Variable Replay 5 seconds 15 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 5 minutes 108 EN ]. SETUPS Press [STOP C] if you are playing back a disc. Use [K / L] to select “Display”, then press [OK]. Language Screen Saver FL Dimmer DTV CC CC Style V-Chip Selection menu will appear. 1 When you finish with the setting, press [MENU] to exit. Playback 4 5 Refer to 1 to 6 on pages 109-111 and set the selected item. • For 4 and 5 refer to pages 38-40. Recording 1 2 3 4 5 6 Basic Setup Use [K / L] to select a desired item, then press [OK]. Connections 1 2 3 Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. Introduction Display Language (Default : English) Language Editing Set the language for the on-screen display. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. English Français Español Screen Saver (Default : 10 minutes) Set the time to activate the screen saver function on the TV screen. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. Function Setup 2 Screen Saver Others OFF 1 minute 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes Your setting will be activated. EN 109 Español Instructions continue on the next page. SETUPS 3 FL Dimmer (Default: Bright) Set the front panel display brightness. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. FL Dimmer Auto Bright Dark If “Auto” is selected, the display gets dark when the power is in the standby mode. 6 V-Chip With the V-chip system in this unit, you can set the viewing limitation for the analog/digital TV programs received from the tuner or recorded on DVDs to prevent your children from watching inappropriate programs. If the unit detects a blocked program, a restriction message appears and you are not allowed to view the program. 1) Use [the Number buttons] to enter the access password. If you have not set the password, first, use [the Number buttons] to set the access password, then press [OK]. The number you entered will be stored as the access password. A B C D V-Chip A B C D E F MPAA Rating TV Rating Canadian English Rating Canadian French Rating Downloadable Rating Change Password TV Rating Canadian English Rating Canadian French Rating You can set the viewing limitation according to MPAA rating (US movie ratings), TV Rating (US TV program ratings), Canadian English Rating (Canadian English language Ratings), Canadian French Rating (Canadian French language Ratings). 1) Use [K / L] to select the desired rating, then press [OK] repeatedly to switch between view and block. When it is blocked a key icon will appear. e.g.) MPAA rating MPAA Rating X NC-17 R PG-13 PG G NR [MPAA Rating] Rating Password Input 2) Use [K / L] to select a desired item, then press [OK]. MPAA Rating Category X Mature audience only NC-17 No one under 17 admitted R Restricted; under 17 requires accompanying parent or adult guardian PG-13 Unsuitable for children under 13 PG Parental guidance suggested G General audience NR No rating higher lower [TV Rating] Rating Category TV-MA Mature audience only TV-14 Unsuitable for children under 14 TV-PG Parental guidance suggested TV-G General audience TV-Y7 Appropriate for all children 7 and older TV-Y Appropriate for all children None No rating higher lower [Canadian English Rating] Rating Category 18+ Adult audience only 14+ Unsuitable for ages under 14 PG Parental guidance suggested G General audience C8+ For children over 8 C For all children E Exempt program higher lower Instructions continue on the next page. 110 EN SETUPS Rating E Category 18ans+ Adult audience only higher 16ans+ Unsuitable for ages under 16 Unsuitable for ages under 13 8ans+ Unsuitable for ages under 8 G General audience E Exempt program Set the rating system via digital broadcasting, or clear the downloaded ratings. If the broadcasting signal does not have the downloadable rating information, the message below will appear. lower Downloadable Rating is currently not available. • This message will also appear when you try to access TV Rating FV V S L TV-14 TV-PG 1) Use [K / L] to select a desired rating to set, then press [OK] to show the levels for the rating. TV-Y7 1) Use [K / L] to select “Clear Rating Table”, then press [OK]. TV-Y None Rating Fantasy Violence TV-Y7 V Violence S Sexual Situation L Coarse Language TV-PG TV-14 TV-MA D Suggestive Dialogue TV-PG, TV-14 Note F Change Password Change the current password. Use [the Number Buttons] to enter new access password. Note • When you forget the access password at step 1) on page 110, enter 4737 using [the Number buttons] in the password input window. Password will be cleared. • Depending on the type of rating system, you may set the levels individually. Editing • Changing the main rating to block or view automatically changes all its sub ratings to the same (block or view). 2) Use [{/ { B] to select “Yes”,then press [OK]. Playback FV Recording TV-G Category To set the rating: 2) Use [K / L] to select a level, then press [OK] to switch between view or block. If you set one level to block, a key icon will appear and all the higher levels will be blocked automatically. To clear the downloadable rating information and its setting: D TV-MA Sub Rating “Downloadable Rating” after you have cleared the downloadable rating information, and the new information has not been downloaded since. Basic Setup As for TV Rating’s TV-MA, TV-14, TV-PG, or TV-Y7, you can further set the sub ratings to block specific elements of programming. Press [K/ L/ { / B] to select the desired rating or sub rating, then press [OK] repeatedly to switch between view and block. Sub rating status will appear on the side of the main rating. Connections 13ans+ Downloadable Rating Introduction [Canadian French Rating] Function Setup Others Español EN 111 SETUPS Video Press [STOP C] if you are playing back a disc. 1 2 3 Press [MENU] and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select “Video”, then press [OK]. Use [K / L] to select a desired item, then press [OK]. 1 Progressive Scan 2 TV Aspect 3 Video Input Submenu will appear. 4 5 Refer to 1 to 2 on page 113 and set the selected item. • For 3 refer to page 56. When you finish with setting, press [MENU] to exit. Instructions continue on the next page. 112 EN SETUPS Progressive Scan (Default : OFF) This unit is compatible with the progressive scan system. The feature provides you with higher definition images than the traditional output system does. To utilize this feature, you must set progressive scan mode to “ON”. 2 TV Aspect (Default: 4:3 Letter Box) Use this feature to adjust the aspect ratio of the video source which is different from your TV’s ratio to fit your TV monitor without distorting the picture. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. TV Aspect Progressive Scan 4:3 Letter Box 4:3 Pan & Scan 16:9 Wide ON OFF Aspect ratio of the video source { / B] to select “Yes“, then press [OK]. 4:3 16:9 Setting of TV Aspect Basic Setup Activating progressive scan: Check your TV has progressive scan and connect with component video cable. NOTE : If there is no picture or picture is distorted after selecting “Yes”, Wait about 15 seconds for auto recovery. Activate? Yes No 4:3 Pan & Scan Recording 3) Use [K / L] to select “Yes“ within 15 seconds, then press [OK]. Your setting will be activated. Connections 1) Use [K / L] to select “ON“, then press [OK]. Introduction 1 16:9 Wide Note If you have a standard TV: Select “4:3 Letter Box”, so that black bars appear on the top and bottom of the TV screen when playing back a wide-screen picture. Select “4:3 Pan & Scan” for a full height picture with both sides trimmed when playing back wide-screen picture. If you have a widescreen TV: Select “16:9 Wide”. • Please contact TV manufacturer if you have any problem with it. Editing Note Playback • If your TV is compatible with progressive scan (480p), you are recommended to use the HDMI or component video cable (commercially available) to connect this unit to the TV. (Refer to pages 17-18.) If not, use the RCA video cable and set the progressive scan to “OFF” or press and hold [MENU] for more than 3 seconds during HDD / DVD playback. • When selecting “No” or not pressing any buttons on the unit or remote control within 15 seconds at step 3), progressive scan remains to be “OFF” (interlace scan). Function Setup Others Español EN 113 SETUPS HDMI 1 2 Press [MENU] in stop mode and use [K / L] to select “General Setting”, then press [OK]. 3 Use [K / L] to select a desired item, then press [OK]. 4 When you finish with the setting, press [MENU] to exit. 1 Use [K / L] to select “HDMI”, then press [OK]. Playback Display Video Recording Clock Channel HDMI 1 2 3 4 Format HDMI Audio RGB Range fun-Link (HDMI CEC) Format (Default : RGB) You can select the color space for HDMI output. Set the appropriate color space for your display device. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. • When the connected device is not compatible with the Y/ Cb/Cr, HDMI signal is output as RGB regardless of the setting. Format RGB YCbCr 2 HDMI Audio (Default : ON) If you do not want to output the audio through HDMI (Such as when you digitally output the audio through the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT jack to your audio system, etc.), you can set the HDMI audio output off. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. • Set to “OFF” when the HDMI sound is not output. HDMI Audio ON OFF Your setting will be activated. Instructions continue on the next page. 114 EN SETUPS Introduction 3 RGB Range (Default : Normal) You can adjust the RGB range to make the dark areas of the HDMI images brighter. Use [K / L] to select a setting, then press [OK]. • Select “Enhanced“ if the black-white contrast is not clear. • This setting is effective only for HDMI RGB output. Connections RGB Range Normal Enhanced Your setting will be activated. 4 fun-Link (HDMI CEC) (Default : OFF) Basic Setup fun-Link (HDMI CEC) ON OFF Recording over HDMI and is part of the HDMI standard. When “fun-Link (HDMI CEC)” setting is set to “ON”, functions listed below will be available. One Touch Play When this unit is turned on, the TV also is turned on and the appropriate external input channel will be selected automatically. The appropriate external input channel can also be selected on your TV automatically, when you press [PLAY B], [G], [H], [DISC MENU], [TIMER PROG.], [DTV/TV], [MENU], [CHANNEL / ], [the Number buttons] or [DUBBING] when the unit’s power is on. Standby When you press and hold [STANDBY/ON y] for 2 seconds, it turns off the power to the standby mode of the TV first and then turns the power off on this unit also. System Information Get & Set Menu Language This unit recognizes the language set for the TV and automatically sets the same language on the player menu language for this unit. Playback Editing Function Setup Others Español EN 115 TROUBLESHOOTING Before requesting service for this unit, check the table below for a possible cause of the problem you are experiencing. Some simple checks or a minor adjustment on your part may eliminate the problem and restore proper operation. POWER Symptom The power does not turn on. The unit turns on automatically without any operation. ”Language” menu appears every time the power turns on. Remedy • Check that the AC power cord is connected securely. • Remote Control batteries may be weak, replace them with new ones. • Leave the unit unplugged for 20-30 min, plug the unit back in. If the unit does not power on please contact our customer service center for service on the model. • The unit turns on automatically 2 seconds before the timer recording. • The unit may not have been turned off correctly. Finish up the language setting procedure by selecting a language in ”Language” menu. Press [OK] to activate the setting, then press [STANDBY/ON y] to turn the unit to the standby mode. Do not disconnect the AC power cord before placing the unit in the standby mode. GENERAL The unit does not response. • “ ” or error message appears if the operation is prohibited. • Remote Control batteries may be weak, replace them with new ones. • Leave the unit unplugged for 20-30 min, plug the unit back in. If the unit does not power on please contact our customer service center for service on the model. No picture, sound or menu appears on • Depending on the Source/Connection, confirm the following: the screen. -For Antenna/Basic Cable, redo an Auto Scan on the model. -For Satellite Receiver/Cable Box, check the connections to make sure they are securely connected. -For RF Coaxial Cable, redo an Auto Scan on the model. -For RCA Audio/Video, check the connections to make sure they are securely connected. • Check if the connections are made securely and correctly. • Check if the cables are damaged. • Check if a correct external input channel is selected on your TV. (Refer to page 22.) • Check if you have completed the channel setting. (Refer to pages 29-31.) • While the setup menu or timer programming display is shown, or while the screen saver is active, the audio is muted. Clock setting and channel setting • If a recording is in progress, these operations cannot be performed. cannot be performed. Time jumps/Auto Clock set’s incorrect • Set the “Auto Clock Setting” to “OFF” on page 104 and try “Manual Clock time. Setting” on page 34. The unit does not operate properly. • Moisture has condensed inside the unit. Remove the disc and leave the unit turned on for about 2 hours until the moisture evaporates. (Refer to page 3.) “Repairing” appears on the TV screen. • If there is a power failure or unplugging during recording, finalizing, formatting or editing (even after “Repairing” disappears), a repairing process will begin automatically just after turning the unit on again. Repairing It may take several minutes up to several hours. In case you intend to cancel the • If you intend to cancel the repairing process, press [AOPEN/CLOSE] repairing process. on the front panel, then select “Yes” and press [OK]. After that, press [OPEN/CLOSE A] to take out the disc. The disc cancelled during the Do you want to cancel a repairing repairing process MAY NOT work. process? When selecting “Yes”, the disc may not be usable. Yes No Repairing The clock display does not appear in the front panel display. When you forget the password for parental lock. No analog TV closed captions are output. • Check that the AC power cord is connected securely. • (In case of power failure) Check the breaker and clock setting. • Please cancel the password and the set level. (Refer to page 106.) • If you are using HDMI connection to watch the TV programs through this unit, analog TV closed caption cannot be output. Try using another output connection to the TV. Instructions continue on the next page. 116 EN TROUBLESHOOTING GENERAL CHANNEL Function Setup Others RECORDING GENERAL Editing The image from the external device • Try pressing [SOURCE] repeatedly. • Turn on all connected devices. cannot be displayed or recorded. • Check if the connections are made securely and correctly. Playback The unit is not picking up my channels • Check the Connections. Confirm the main source from the Antenna/ from the Auto Scan. Basic Cable/Cable Box/Satellite Receiver is connected to the ANTENNA IN by an “RF Coaxial” Cable. If not using the “RF Coaxial” cable and using an S-Video or RCA Audio/Video cable, the unit will need to be set on L1 or L2. Recording Only specific channels do not appear. The external input channels (such as L1, L2 or L3) cannot be skipped. • Check if the connections are made securely and correctly. • Check if the cables are damaged. • Try channel setting by following the steps on pages 29-31. • The channels may be set to be skipped. (Refer to pages 30-31.) • This unit does not skip the external input channels. This is not a malfunction. Basic Setup TV channels cannot be changed. Connections Remedy • Before connection, turn on the power supplies for both this unit and the DVC, and make sure that these units have stopped. • Only a “DVC-SD” signal can be input from the DVC to this unit. Other types of signals are not supported. • Do not connect any device other than the DVC. Even if a recorder or PC with another DV terminal is connected, the DV function will not operate. • If the DVC is not recognized after connection, turn off the power supply for the unit and re-connect the DVC. The DVC cannot be operated with this • Signal input or DVC operation from this unit may be disabled unit. depending on the type of DVC. • If a DVC signal cannot be input, use an external input (L1/L2) for analog connection via audio/video cables. • DVC control may be disabled depending on the type of DVC, even in a mode other than camera mode. In this case, switch to HDD/DVD control and execute the normal recording procedure while operating the DVC. Certain functions of the DVC cannot • Some functions may not operate depending on the type of DVC. For example, if the DVC does not support slow playback mode, the slow operate. playback function is disabled. • With L3(DV-IN), the disc display menu does not appear unless disc playback is executed. DV audio signal cannot be switched. • For recording with the DVC, the recording audio signal can be set to 12 bits or 16 bits. However, when 16-bit recording mode is selected, audio signal cannot be switched. To record an audio signal, set it to 12 bits. No image from HDMI connection. • Check the HDMI connection. (Check the status of the HDMI related indications.) • Check whether the connected monitor device or other device supports HDCP. (This unit will not output a video signal unless the other device supports HDCP.) • Check the setting of HDMI. • Check whether the output format of this unit (HDMI FORMAT) matches the supported input format of other connected device. • If above remedies do not work, unplug the HDMI cable and the AC power cords, then plug them back in the order of 1: HDMI cable, 2: AC power cord. Setup menu cannot be called up. • Setup menus cannot be called up during DVD recording. • Press [STOP C] on the remote control, and then press [MENU]. Introduction Symptom DV signal cannot be input. EN 117 Español Instructions continue on the next page. TROUBLESHOOTING Timer recording cannot be performed. The picture of the autostart recording disappears. When playing back the title recorded from the autostart recording, the DTV program information is displayed and it cannot be removed. Unable to Record. DVD RECORDING HDD HDD / DVD Symptom Unable to Record. The indication “ Writing to Disc does not disappear. 100% TV aspect ratio does not match your TV screen. PLAYBACK GENERAL Playback picture is distorted. Color of the picture is abnormal. There is no sound or no subtitle. Remedy • It is prohibited to make a recording from 2 minutes before the programmed start time of a timer recording. • This unit cannot record programs that contain copy protection signal. This is not a malfunction. • The space of the recording media may be used up. Try deleting unnecessary titles, or exchange it with the recordable media. • The maximum number of titles or chapters has exceeded. Delete the unnecessary titles to make enough space or insert a new recordable media. • Check if the connections are made securely and correctly. • The internal clock of the unit may have been stopped due to a power outage. Reset the Clock Setting (Refer to pages 32-34.) • If using a Cable Box or Satellite receiver it may have been turned off at the time of the recording. Please check, if there are any Timing options for the Cable Box or Satellite receiver to turn On, if none please make sure the receiver is turned On and set to the channel you wish to record. • Check the Timer Recording menu for any Recording errors, if there is an error look at the Recording Error Code Listing (refer to page 50). • The contents of the autostart recording will be cleared in some cases (Changing input channel etc.). Refer to page 46. • In the autostart recording, when you display the DTV program information, the information will be recorded as the part of the picture. • Check to see if the disc is format to this unit. If used in a PC or any other device, it may not allow any recordings. • For DVD+RW/DVD-RW, try “Erase Disc” for reformatting (Refer to page 99). • Copy-once programs cannot be recorded on DVD. This is not a malfunction. • Check if the disc is protected or finalized. Undo the protection or the finalization. (Refer to page 64 and 65.) • DVD-RW once formatted on another unit cannot be recorded on this unit unless all the contents in the disc are erased. • Check if the connections are made securely and correctly. 100% • “ Writing to Disc may remain on screen for the maximum of 20 seconds even after it reached 100%. This is not a malfunction. • Check the TV aspect ratio. (Refer to page 113.) • A different aspect ratio will be used when the aspect ratio specified by the disc is not supported by this unit. • During fast forward or fast reverse, playback picture may be distorted. This is not a malfunction. • Connect to TV directly. When you connect this unit with the television via VCR or other devices, the picture may be distorted due to the copyprotection signal. • Check if the cables are damaged. • Keep the equipment which may cause electrical disturbances, such as a cellular phone, away from the unit. • Turn on all connected devices. • Check if the external input channel is set correctly. • Check if the connections are made securely and correctly. • If using the HDMI connection, sound is not output when “HDMI Audio” is set to “OFF”. • Check the RCA audio cable connection. If you are using HDMI-DVI conversion cable, you must connect the RCA audio cable, too. • If using the HDMI connection, check whether the output format of this unit (HDMI FORMAT) matches the supported input format of the other connected device. Instructions continue on the next page. 118 EN TROUBLESHOOTING • When DVD recording finishes during HDD playback, the unit will stop the HDD playback and start writing data to the DVD. This is not a malfunction. HDD HDD/DVD HDD playback suddenly stops. DVD DUBBING DVD HDD / DVD EDITING HDD / DVD DVD The capacity of the disc doesn’t increase even if the recorded program is deleted. The remote control does not function. • No batteries in the remote or the batteries may be weak. Replace the batteries. • Make sure there is no obstacle between the remote and the unit. • Try getting closer to the unit. (Refer to page 12.) • Please check IR signal. (Refer to page 4.) • Cannot guarantee about 3rd party’s remote controls. Please contact the remote manufacturer if you have any problem with it. • If above solutions do not solve the problem, please call our customer support at 1-800-605-8610 or visit www.magnavox.com/support for additional assistant. Instructions continue on the next page. EN 119 Español REMOTE CONTROL • Check to see if the disc may have been finalized. The titles in the DVD+R/-R cannot be edited or deleted if they are finalized. If using a DVD-RW disc, try the “Undo Finalize” option. (Refer to page 65.) • With DVD+RW/-RW, the disc space will increase only when the last title is deleted. With DVD-R/+R, deleting a title will not increase the disc space. Others Titles cannot be edited or deleted. Function Setup • The titles or the disc itself may be protected. Cancel the protection by following the steps on page 95 for title protection and page 64 for disc protection. Editing Titles cannot be edited or deleted. Dubbing cannot be executed. • When the number of the titles or the chapters exceeds the maximum recordable number, the dubbing will not be executed. • Dubbing of a “copy-once only” program is not possible with this unit. ”This program is not allowed to be recorded.” appears when the program is copyrighted for one-time recording only. • Check if the disc is compatible for recording (refer to page 41). Playback Dubbing cannot be executed. Recording • Check if the playable disc is inserted. • Check if the disc is loaded correctly with the labeled side facing up. • Discs made on other devices or on personal computers cannot be played back on this unit unless it is finalized on the device. Even if it is finalized, the performance of those discs are not guaranteed on this unit. • The disc may be dirty or flawed. Clean the disc. • Check if all the connections are made correctly. • Check the parental lock setting. (Refer to page 106.) • Playback of DVD is prohibited from 2 minutes before the programmed start time of a timer recording when the recording media is DVD. There is no sound or no subtitle. • Check if “Disc Audio” is set correctly. (Refer to page 107.) • There is a possibility that the selected subtitle language is not supported by the disc. Digital audio setting cannot be • If the audio source is in the Dolby Digital format, set the Dolby Digital changed to main audio (L), sub Setting to “PCM” in “Playback” menu. (available only for DVD) (Refer to audio (R) or combination of both. page 107.) • Multilingual subtitles are not supported by the disc. Audio language or the subtitle • Some audio languages or the subtitle languages can be changed only language of the DVD cannot be changed. from the disc menu. Please refer to the disc’s manual. Camera angles cannot be changed. • Even though the multi-angle feature is supported by the disc, that does not mean all the scenes are shot from multi-angles. Changing angles are available only for those scenes shot from the multi-angle. The disc cannot be played back on • Some DVD players do not play back the disc made on another recorder. another player even though it is Refer to the manual of the unit. finalized properly. Basic Setup PLAYBACK DVD Playback cannot be performed. Connections Remedy • Resume function may be activated. Refer to page 74 to cancel the resume point. Introduction Symptom Playback does not start from the beginning. TROUBLESHOOTING Error Message Error message Cause Solution Disc Error — Please eject the disc. — Playback feature may not be available on this Disc. • Unplayable disc is inserted in the unit. • The disc is upside down. • Insert a standardized playable disc which bear the Logos on page 67. • Insert the disc with the labeled side facing up. Region Error — Please eject the disc. — Playback is not authorized in your region. • Playback is not authorized in the region of the DVD-video which you inserted in the unit. • Insert the DVD-video with region codes 1 or ALL. Parental Lock On The current selected parental level prohibits playback. • The current selected parental level prohibits playback. • Check “Parental Lock” setting in “Playback” menu (page 106). Recording Error This program is not allowed to be recorded. • The recording function encountered a copy protection program. • Copy-righted programs cannot be recorded on this unit at any time. The unit will stop recording at any point and will display the message. Please contact your programming provider for type of copy protection applied to program. Recording Error This program is not recordable in +VR mode. • You are trying to record the copy-once program. • You cannot record the copy-once program. Recording Error Cannot record on this disc. • You are trying to record onto the disc which is unrecordable or the disc status is unable to record. • The disc is dirty. • The disc is damaged. • Insert the recordable disc and ensure the disc status satisfies the recording requirements (page 41). • Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. • Replace the disc. Recording Error This disc is protected and not recordable. • You are trying to record on to the protected disc which is set in “Disc Edit” menu. • Release the disc protect setting in “Disc Edit” menu (page 64). Recording Error Disc is full. (No area for new recording) • You are trying to record onto the disc which has no space for recording. • Insert a recordable disc with enough recording space. Recording Error You cannot record more than 49 titles on one disc. (The maximum is 49) • You are trying to record onto the disc on which the number of recording titles comes up to the maximum (49). • Delete unnecessary titles (pages 85-86). Recording Error You cannot record more than 254 chapters on one disc. (The maximum is 254) • You are trying to record onto the DVD+RW or DVD-RW on which the number of recording chapters comes up to the maximum (254). • Delete unnecessary chapter marks (pages 90-91). Recording Error You cannot record on this disc as Power Calibration Area is full. • When recordings are performed repeatedly onto an unstable disc, this area may become full. • Every time you insert a disc for recording, the disc’s working area will be taken up. And if you repeat this frequently, it will be used up sooner and you may not be able to record the full 49 titles. • Insert a new disc. • If using a DVD+RW/DVD-RW try to format the disc by “Erasing Disc” (Refer to page 99). Recording Error This disc is already finalized. • You are trying to record onto the disc already finalized. • Release the finalizing for this disc (page 65). Recording Error The disc has no recording compatibility. Set “Make Recording Compatible” to “ON” to convert the disc. • You are trying to record onto the disc that had been recorded by other recorders. • Set “Make Recording Compatible” to “ON” to rewrite the menu, after that you will record to disc (page 43). Recording Error You cannot record more than 999 titles on HDD. (The maximum is 999). • You are trying to record onto the HDD when total title number is already at its limit. • Delete unnecessary titles (pages 85-87). Recording Error Cannot record on this HDD. • The internal HDD is dirty or damaged. • There is not enough space on the internal HDD. • Contact the customer service center. • Delete unnecessary titles (pages 85-87). * If you are still having trouble with the unit after checking “TROUBLESHOOTING”, write down the error code and the error description for calling our help line mentioned on the front page to locate an Authorized Service Center. 120 EN LANGUAGE CODE Editing Function Setup Others Code 6467 6559 6553 6547 5350 6564 6554 6566 6660 6560 6550 6555 6565 6557 6558 6561 5165 6567 6569 6568 6658 6653 6647 6666 6651 6654 4861 6655 6661 6665 6664 6657 6669 6757 6764 6772 6855 6861 4971 6961 7054 5655 7161 7267 Playback Language Russian Samoan Sangho Sanskrit Scots Gaelic Serbian Serbo-Croatian Sesotho Setswana Shona Sindhi Singhalese Siswat Slovak Slovenian Somali Spanish Sundanese Swahili Swedish Tagalog Tajik Tamil Tatar Telugu Thai Tibetan Tigrinya Tonga Tsonga Turkish Turkmen Twi Ukrainian Urdu Uzbek Vietnamese Volapuk Welsh Wolof Xhosa Yiddish Yoruba Zulu Recording Code 5467 5565 5560 5547 5551 5557 5347 5566 5647 5669 5760 5765 5757 6469 5771 6460 5761 5767 5861 5847 5868 5860 5866 5957 5953 5965 5958 5966 5955 5964 5961 5960 6047 6051 6061 6149 6164 6159 6247 6265 5247 6258 6266 6367 6459 6461 Basic Setup Language Hungarian Icelandic Indonesian Interlingua Interlingue Inupiak Irish Italian Japanese Javanese Kannada Kashmiri Kazakh Kinyarwanda Kirghiz Kirundi Korean Kurdish Laothian Latin Latvian; Lettish Lingala Lithuanian Macedonian Malagasy Malay Malayalam Maltese Maori Marathi Moldavian Mongolian Nauru Nepali Norwegian Occitan Oriya Oromo (Afan) Panjabi Pashto; Pushto Persian Polish Portuguese Quechua Rhaeto-Romance Romanian Connections Code 4748 4747 4752 6563 4759 4764 5471 4765 4771 4772 4847 5167 4860 5072 4854 4855 4864 4853 5971 4851 5759 4947 7254 4961 5464 4965 5047 6058 5160 5161 5166 5261 5256 5255 5264 5271 5358 5747 5051 5158 5758 5360 5367 5447 5569 5455 Introduction Language Abkhazian Afar Afrikaans Albanian Amharic Arabic Armenian Assamese Aymara Azerbaijani Bashkir Basque Bengali;Bangla Bhutani Bihari Bislama Breton Bulgarian Burmese Byelorussian Cambodian Catalan Chinese Corsican Croatian Czech Danish Dutch English Esperanto Estonian Faroese Fiji Finnish French Frisian Galician Georgian German Greek Greenlandic Guarani Gujarati Hausa Hebrew Hindi Español EN 121 GLOSSARY Analog g Audio PCM (pulse p code modulation) An electrical signal that directly represents sound. Compare this to digital audio which can be an electrical signal, but is an indirect representation of sound. See also “Digital Audio”. The most common system of encoding digital audio, found on CD and DAT. Excellent quality, but requires a lot of data compared to formats such as Dolby Digital and MPEG audio. For compatibility with digital audio recorders (CD, MD and DAT) and AV amplifiers with digital inputs, this unit can convert Dolby Digital and MPEG audio to PCM. See also “Digital Audio”. Aspect p Ratio The width of a TV screen relative to its height. Conventional TVs are 4:3 (in other words, the TV screen is almost square); widescreen models are 16:9 (the TV screen is almost twice as wide as it is high). Block Noise A distortion of digital images in the shape of blocks caused by the application of data compression. Chapter p (HDD/DVD) Just as a book is split up into several chapters, a title on HDD/DVD is usually divided into chapters. See also “Title”. Component p Video Output p Each signal of luminance (Y) and component (PB/CB, PR/ CR) is independent to output so that you can experience picture color as it is. Also, due to compatibility with progressive video (480p), you can experience higher-density picture than that in interlace (480i). Digital g Audio An indirect representation of sound by numbers. During recording, the sound is measured at discrete intervals (44,100 times a second for CD audio) by an analogto-digital converter, generating a stream of numbers. On playback, a digital-to-analog converter generates an analog signal based on these numbers. See also “Sampling Frequency” and “Analog Audio”. Dolby y Digital g The system to compress digital sound developed by Dolby Laboratories. It offers you sound of stereo(2ch) or multi channel audio. Finalize To make DVD, which have been recorded on, possible to play back in DVD players. With this unit, it is possible to finalize DVD+R, DVD-RW, and DVD-R. HDMI (high g definition multimedia interface) A digital interface between audio and video source. It can transmit component video, audio, and control signal with one cable connection. JPEG (joint j photographic p g p experts p group) g p JPEG is a method of compressing still image files. You can copy JPEG files from your personal computer to a disc, and play them back on this unit. PBC (playback p y control) (video CD only y) This function enables you to play back interactive software using a menu screen. See also “Video CD”. 122 EN Progressive g Scan (480p) p A type of display that does not split each frame into fields, and instead scans directly through all the scan lines of each frame in order. Progressive scan provides less flickering and higher image resolution than traditional (480i) TV signals. Refer to page 113 for instructions on selective progressive scan mode. Region g Code Regions associate discs and players with particular areas of the world. This unit will only play back discs that have compatible region codes. You can find the region code of your unit by looking on the rear panel. Some discs are compatible with more than one region (or all regions). Sampling p g Frequency q y The rate which sound is measured by a specified interval to turn into digital audio data. The numbers of sampling in one second defines as sampling frequency. The higher the rate, the better the sound quality. SAP (secondary y audio p program) g Sub-audio channel which is delivered separately from main-audio channel. This audio channel is used as an alternate in bilingual broadcasting. S-Video Output p It delivers independently each signal of color(C) and luminance(Y) to TV as video signals, so that higher-quality picture will be gained. Title (HDD/DVD) A collection of chapters on HDD/DVD. See also “Chapter”. Track Audio CD use tracks to divide up the content of a disc. The DVD equivalent is called a chapter. See also “Chapter”. Video CD A digital format for store video data in compact disc. +VR Mode +VR Mode is a recording format for DVD+RW/DVD+R/ DVD-RW/DVD-R discs. This format allows disc editing feature to be available in our recorder. SPECIFICATIONS Operating temperature Operating humidity TV system Recording Recording format Video recording format Sampling frequency Compression format 13.5 MHz MPEG 2 Audio recording format Sampling frequency Compression format 48 kHz Dolby Digital Front Channel frequency synthesized tuning system VHF 2~13, UHF 14~69 2~13, A~W, W+1~W+94 (analog W+1~W+84), A-5~A1, 5A Playback 2V rms (input p impedance: p more than 22kΩ) 1Vp-p p p (75Ω) Y: 1Vp-p p p (75Ω) C: 286mVp-p p p (75Ω) IEEE 1394 Editing 75Ω unbalanced 2V rms (input p impedance: p more than 22kΩ) 2V rms (output p impedance: p more than 1kΩ) Function Setup Rear Recording 1Vp-p p p (75Ω) 1Vp-p p p (75Ω) Y: 1Vp-p p p (75Ω) C: 286mVp-p p p (75Ω) Y: 1Vp-p p p (75Ω) C: 286mVp-p p p (75Ω) Y: 1Vp-p (75Ω) PB/CB: 700mVp-p (75Ω) PR/CR: 700mVp-p (75Ω) 500mVp-p (75Ω) Others Tuner Tuning system Channel coverage (ATSC / NTSC) Terrestrial Cable Terminals Audio input RCA jjack x 2 Video input RCA jjack x 1 S-Video input Mini DIN 4-pin p x1 DV input DV input jack (4 pin) VHF/UHF/Cable TV input and output F-type yp Audio input RCA jjack x 2 Audio output RCA jjack x 2 Video input RCA jjack x 1 Video output RCA jjack x 1 S-Video input Mini DIN 4-pin p x1 S-Video output Mini DIN 4-pin p x1 Component video output RCA jack x 3 Coaxial digital audio output RCA jack x 1 HDMI output HDMI jack x 1 Basic Setup Recording discs +VR (video recording) format DVD+Rewritable, DVD+Recordable DVD-Rewritable, DVD-Recordable (+VR mode only) y Connections Weight MDR533H: 320 GB MDR535H: 500 GB MDR537H: 1 TB 120V AC +/- 10%, 60Hz +/- 5% 33W (standby: 5.7W) 16.6 x 2.5 x 11.5 inches (420 x 61.2 x 290mm) MDR533H: 6.62 lbs. ( 3.00kg ) MDR535H: 6.62 lbs. ( 3.00kg ) MDR537H: 7.28 lbs. ( 3.30kg g) 41°F (5°C) to 104°F (40°C) Less than 80% (no condensation) ATSC / NTSC-M TV standard Introduction General HDD Power requirements Power consumption Dimensions (width x height x depth) Español Note • The specifications and design of this product are subject to change without notice. EN 123 ESPAÑOL Discos Reproducibles Disco Grabable Este aparato es compatible con la reproducción de los siguientes discos y archivos. Discos reproducibles Logotipos DVD-video Este aparato puede grabar a DVD+RW, DVD+R, DVD-RW y DVD-R. Los discos DVD+R/DVD-R pueden ser grabados sólo una vez. Los discos DVD+RW/DVD-RW pueden ser grabados y borrados muchas veces. En este aparato los discos DVD-RW/-R serán grabados automáticamente en el modo DVD+VR. Logotipos Atributos DVD+RW DVD+R DVD+RW DVD+R DVD-RW DVD-R DVD-RW (Sólo discos en modo de video finalizados) DVD-R (Sólo discos en modo de video finalizados) Disco de 8 cm / 12 cm, un solo lado, una sola capa Tiempo de grabación máx. aprox. (modo SLP): 360 minutos (4,7 GB) (para 12 cm) 108 minutos (1,4 GB) (para 8 cm) • Los siguientes discos se recomiendan para obtener una buena calidad de grabación y han sido comprobados como compatibles con este aparato. Sin embargo, según sea la condición del medio el equipo podría no leer el disco correctamente. Verbatim DVD+R 8x, DVD+RW 4x, DVD-R 8x, DVD-RW 2x JVC DVD-RW 4x Maxell DVD+R 4x/8x/16x, DVD-R 8x/16x SONY DVD+R 4x/8x/16x, DVD+RW 4x TDK DVD+R 4x/8x/16x El comportamiento de cualquier otro disco no está garantizado. • Usted puede reproducir discos DVD+RW en la mayoría de los reproductores de DVD sin finalizarlos. Sin embargo, si usted ha añadido o eliminado capítulos, u ocultado capítulos, debe ejecutar “Compatibilizar edic.” antes de poder ver dichos efectos en otros equipos. (Consulte la página 100.) Para reproducir discos que no sean DVD+RW en otros reproductores de DVD, usted necesitará finalizarlos. (Consulte la página 65.) CD-DA (CD de audio) CD de video CD-RW CD-R KODAK Picture CD Disco no Grabable Archivos reproducibles Soportes DVD+RW/+R DVD-RW/-R CD-RW/-R JPEG es una marca registrada de DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation. Códigos de Región El número presente en el interior el globo se refiere a una región del mundo.Este aparato puede reproducir discos DVD que estén rotulados para ALL las regiones o para la región 1. 124 ES • Un DVD-RW grabado en un modo distinto de +VR no será grabable en este aparato a menos que usted borre todo el contenido del disco. (Consulte la página 99.) • Un DVD-R grabado en un modo distinto de +VR no será grabable en este aparato. ESPAÑOL Introduction Conexión Básica cable RCA de vídeo VIDEO OUT VIDEO IN L AUDIO IN L cable RCA de audio Connections R R AUDIO OUT parte trasera de la unidad VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT L R ANTENNA AUDIO IN (L1) Y L IN R S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT OUT COAXIAL ANT. IN S-VIDEO Basic Setup Esta conexión es de Pasar a través de la televisión solamente antena de VHF / UHF cable coaxial de RF o empresa de TV por cable Recording cable coaxial de RF ANTENNA Cables suministrados: • cable coaxial de RF x 1 • cable RCA de audio (L/R) x 1 Por favor, compre el resto de los cables necesarios en su tienda local. • cable RCA de vídeo x 1 Playback Conexión a un Televisor con un Puerto Compatible con HDMI • HDMI emite las señales de video / audio sin convertirlas en señales analógicas. • No es necesaria una conexión de audio. HDMI IN cable HDMI Editing HDMI OUT parte trasera de la unidad VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT L R ANTENNA AUDIO IN (L1) Y L IN R S-VIDEO AUDIO OUT OUT COAXIAL S-VIDEO Esta conexión es de Pasar a través de la televisión solamente cable coaxial de RF No incline el conector para introducirlo en la toma HDMI y compruebe que el tipo de toma corresponde con el tipo de conector. cable coaxial de RF o empresa de TV por cable Cables suministrados: Others ANTENNA antena de VHF / UHF Function Setup ANT. IN • cable coaxial de RF x 1 Por favor, compre el resto de los cables necesarios en su tienda local. Español ES 125 ESPAÑOL Modo HDMI y señales efectivas de salida Presione [HDMI] para seleccionar el modo de salida HDMI. Cada vez que se presiona [HDMI] el modo de salida varía como sigue. La conexión HDMI hace que esta unidad transmita automáticamente la resolución más adecuada para su TV. Pantalla del panel frontal Señal de salida de video Progresivo de 480 Presione [HDMI] Progresivo de 720 Presione [HDMI] 1080 entrelazado Presione [HDMI] Progresivo de 1080 Presione [HDMI] • El modo HDMI que no esté admitido por el dispositivo de exhibición será pasado por alto. Configuración Inicial Cuando usted encienda este aparato por primera vez necesita seguir estos pasos. 1 2 Presione [STANDBY/ON y]. Encienda el televisor. Seleccione la entrada a la cual está conectado el aparato. 3 Utilice [K / L] para seleccionar su idioma deseado, y luego presione [OK] para establecerlo. Utilice [K / L] para seleccionar el tipo de señal de emisión, y luego presione [OK]. Ajuste inicial Ajuste de Canal Verificar que la antena esté conectada a la toma "ANTENNA IN". Antena Cable (Analógico) Cable (Analógico/Digital) Initial Setup Ajuste Auto escaneará los canales terrrestres. Esto tarda unos momentos en finalizar. Language El equipo comenzará a obtener los canales disponibles en su región. English Français Español Elija idioma de preparación. 4 Utilice [{ { / B] para seleccionar un elemento a configurar, y utilice [K / L] para seleccionar el contenido de su preferencia, y luego presione [OK]. Ajste Manual de Reloj ENE / 06 / 2012 ( VIE ) 12 : 00 AM 126 ES ESPAÑOL Si usted está reproduciendo los títulos de una unidad de disco rígido, presione primero [HDD] y luego continúe al paso 2. Si usted está reproduciendo los títulos de un DVD, presione primero [DVD]. Para detener momentáneamente la reproducción presione [STOP C] una vez. • Consulte “Resume Playback” en la página 74. Basic Setup * Asegúrese de que el disco sea compatible con este aparato. (Para obtener la lista de discos compatibles consulte la página 124.) 2 3 Para iniciar una reproducción presione [PLAY B]. Connections 1 Presione [OPEN/CLOSE A] para abrir la bandeja de discos e insertar su disco con el rótulo aupntando hacia arriba. Apuntando de nuevo [OPEN/CLOSE A] para cerrar la bandeja de discos. Introduction Reproducción Directa Grabación Básica Si usted está reproduciendo los títulos de una unidad de disco rígido, presione primero [HDD] y luego continúe al paso 2. Si usted está reproduciendo los títulos de un DVD, presione primero [DVD]. 2 Para seleccionar un modo de grabación presione repetidamente [REC MODE]. Modo de grabación HQ SP SPP LP EP SLP Tiempo de grabación MDR533H 61 hrs 123 hrs 154 hrs 185 hrs 247 hrs 371 hrs HDD (interno) MDR535H MDR537H 100 hrs 208 hrs 201 hrs 417 hrs 251 hrs 521 hrs 302 hrs 626 hrs 403 hrs 835 hrs 604 hrs 1252 hrs Mejor 0h30m (grabación normal) 6h00m Buena Calidad del video y el sonido Mejor Buena 1h00m 5h30m Para cambiar la duración de la grabación durante la grabación a un toque con temporizador: Presione [REC] repetidamente hasta que aparezca la duración deseada. Para cancelar la grabación a un toque con temporizador dentro del tiempo especificado: Presione [STOP C]. 5 Para de tener la grabación presione [STOP C]. Español Seleccione un canal externo de entrada adecuado presionando [SOURCE] o [CHANNEL / ]. Presione [DTV/TV] para seleccionar TV analógica o TV digital, luego y utilice [CHANNEL / ] o [los botones numéricos] y [ • ] (para canales de TV digital) para seleccionar un canal que se desee grabar. 0h30m Others 3 Disco de 12 cm 60 min 120 min 150 min 180 min 240 min 360 min I Calidad del video y el sonido Function Setup Modo de grabación Disco de 8 cm 18 min 36 min 45 min 54 min 72 min 108 min Esta es una manera sencilla de configurar el tiempo de grabación en bloques de 30 minutos. Presione [REC] repetidamente hasta que aparezca en la pantalla del televisor la longitud deseada de grabación (30 minutos a 6 horas). Comenzará la grabación a un toque con temporizador. Editing HQ SP SPP LP EP SLP Tiempo de grabación Para configurar la grabación a un toque con temporizador (OTR)... Playback * Asegúrese de que el disco sea compatible con este aparato. (Para obtener la lista de discos compatibles consulte la página 124.) 4 Presione [REC] para iniciar la grabación. Recording 1 Presione [OPEN/CLOSE A] para abrir la bandeja de discos e insertar su disco con el rótulo aupntando hacia arriba. Apuntando de nuevo [OPEN/CLOSE A] para cerrar la bandeja de discos. Consulte “Switching Analog Mode/Digital Mode” y “Channel Selection” en la página 35. ES 127 ESPAÑOL Copiado Básica Preparación para el copiado (unidad de disco rígido a DVD): • Inserte un DVD grabable. Preparación para el copiado (DVD a unidad de disco rígido): • Inserte un disco a ser copiado. 1 2 3 Presione [MENU] en el modo de detención. Utilice [K / L] para seleccionar “Doblaje”, y luego presione [OK]. Unidad de disco rígido a DVD Utilice [K / L] para seleccionar “HDD DVD”, y luego presione [OK]. DVD a Unidad de disco rígido Utilice [K / L] para seleccionar “DVD HDD”, y luego presione [OK]. 4 Utilice [K / L] para seleccionar “Añadir”, y luego presione [OK]. HDD DVD 3000 MB Lista doblaje Añadir Borrar todo Inic de doblaje 5 6 Utilice [K / L / s / B] para seleccionar un título deseado, y luego presione [OK]. En la esquina superior de cada título aparece el número en el orden de selección. Repita el paso 5 hasta que haya registrado todos los títulos que desea copiar; a continuación, presione [DUBBING]. Lista de Títulos ABCDE 12:00AM (10:00:00) VIE ENE/ 6/12 CH10 SP 2 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 4 6 Plus. ‘DUBBING’ y confirme. 7 1/6 Luego de añadir todos los títulos que desea, utilice [K / L] para seleccionar “Inic de doblaje” en el menú de copiado, y luego presione [OK]. 128 ES 8 9 Utilice [s / B] para seleccionar un modo de grabación deseado, y luego presione [OK]. Utilice [K / L] para seleccionar “Sí”, y luego presione [OK]. El copiado comenzará. Para detener el copiado en curso: Presione [CSTOP] en el panel frontal. Presione [STOP C] en el control remoto durante 2 segundos. A la hora de realizar una copia del HDD al DVD aparecerá un mensaje de confirmación; seleccione “Sí”. Copiado a un toque...... Con el copiado a un toque, usted puede comenzar a copiar de inmediato con sólo un toque. Para copiar el contenido de un DVD que está finalizado en otro equipo, utilice esta función. Durante la reproducción del título que desea copiar, presione [DUBBING]. Si usted está reproduciendo un DVD, el copiado del DVD a la unidad de disco rígido comenzará de inmediato. Si usted está reproduciendo una unidad de disco rígido, el copiado de la unidad de disco rígido al DVD comenzará de inmediato. • El copiado comenzará desde el comienzo del título que está siendo reproducido. • El aparato sólo copiará el título que está siendo reproducido. • Cuando se copia de una unidad de disco rígido a un DVD, el modo de grabación será configurado automáticamente a “Alto” cada vez que se satisfagan las condiciones (consulte la página 54). De lo contrario, será aplicado automáticamente el último modo de grabación seleccionado. Para detener el copiado en curso: Presione [CSTOP] en el panel frontal. Presione [STOP C] en el control remoto durante 2 segundos. A la hora de realizar una copia del HDD al DVD aparecerá un mensaje de confirmación; seleccione “Sí”. MEMO Introduction Connections Basic Setup Recording Playback Editing Function Setup Others Español ES 129 MEMO 130 ES MEMO Introduction Connections Basic Setup Recording Playback Editing Function Setup Others Español ES 131 LIMITED WARRANTY FUNAI CORP. P. will repair this product,, free of charge in the USA in the event of defect in materials or workmanship as follows: DURATION: A PARTS: R FUNAI CORP. P. will provide parts to replace defective parts without charge for one (1) year from the y date of original retail purchase. Certain parts are excluded from this warranty. LABOR: FUNAI CORP. P. will provide the labor without charge for a period of ninety (90) days a from the date of original retail purchase. Note:Any product sold and identified as refurbished or renewed carries a ninety (90) days a labor and parts limited warranty. LIMITS AND EXCLUSIONS: WARRANTY IS EXTENDED ONLY TO THE ORIGINAL RETAIL T PURCHASER. A PURCHASE RECEIPT THIS W OR O OTHER PR ROOF OF ORIGINAL RET TAIL PURCHASE WILL BE REQUIRED TOGETHER WITH THE PRODUCT R TO OBTAIN T SER RVICE UNDER THIS WARRANTY W Y. This warranty shall not be extended to any other person or transferee. This warranty is void and of no effect if any serial numbers on the product are altered, replaced, defaced, missing or if service was attempted by an unauthorized service center. This limited warranty does not apply to any product not purchased and used in the United States. This warranty only covers failures due to defects f in material or workmanship which occur during normal use. It does not cover damage which occurs in shipment, or failures which are caused by repairs,, alterations or products not supplied by FUNAI CORP., or damage,, which results from accident,, misuse, abuse,, mishandling, misapplication,, alteration, faulty installation, improper maintenance, commercial use such as hotel, rental or office use of this product, or damage which results from fire, flood, lightning or other acts of God. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT O CO OVER PACKING A MA ATERIALS, ANY A ACCESSORIES (EXCEPT REMOTE CONTROL), R ANY COSMETIC PARTS, R , COMPLETE ASSEMBLY PARTS, R , DEMO OR FLOOR MODELS. FUNAI CORP. P AND ITS REPRESENTATIVES A OR AGENTS SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY GENERAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAG A ES ARISING OUT OF OR OCCASIONED BY THE USE OF OR THE INABILITY TO USE THIS PRO R DUCT. T THIS WARRANTY IS MADE IN LIEU OF ALL O OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, D AND OF ALL OTHER O LIABILITIES ON THE PART T OF FUNAI, ALL OTHER O WARRANTIES INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY T AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR R PURPOSE, ARE A IN THE UNITED STATES. HEREBY DISCLAIMED BY FUNAI AND ITS REPRESENTATIVES ALLWARRANTY W INSPECTIONS AND REPAIRS P MUST BE PERFORMED BY AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE CENTER. THIS W WARRANTY IS ONLYVALIDWHEN THE UNIT IS CARRIED-INTO AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE CENTER. THE PRODUCT R MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A COPY OF THE ORIGINAL RETAIL PURCHASE RECEIPT. IF NO PROOF R OF PURCHASE IS ATTACHED,THE WARRANTY W WILL NOT O BE HONORED AND REPAIR P COSTS WILL BE CHARGED. IMPORTAN T T: THIS LIMITED W WARRANTY GIVES Y YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS.YOU MAY A HA AVE OTHER RIGHTS THAT A VARY FROM R ST TATE TO STA TATE.. IFF, AT ANY TIME DURING THE W WARRANTY PERIOD,YOU ARE UNABLE TO OBTAIN T SA ATISFFACTION WITH THE REPAIR P OF THIS PRODUCT R T, PLEASE CONTA T CT FUNAI CORP. P A ATTENTION: FUNAI CORP. P RESERVES R THE RIGHT TO MODIFY ANY DESIGN OF THIS PRO R DUCT WITHOUT PRIOR NOT O ICE. WARRANTY STA TATEMENT REGARDING NON AUTHORIZED REPAIRS P : To obtain warranty service, you must take the product, r , or deliver the product r freight prepaid, in either its original r of prrotection, to any AUTHORIZED SERVICE CENTER.. FUNAI packaging or packaging affording an equal degree CORP. P will not reimburse you for any service done by unauthorized service providers r without prior written approval. To locate your nearest AUTHORIZED SERVICE R CENTER or for general service inquiries,, please contact us at: FUNAI SERVICE R CORPORA ATION Tel:: 1-800-605-8610 www.ma w gnavo a x.com/support 2200 Spiegel Drive, Groveport, OH 43125 E2S05UD / E2S07UD / E2S08UD / E2S05UH / E2S07UH / E2S08UH 1VMN32933A ★★★★ Printed in China * 1 V M N 3 2 9 3 3 A *
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No Create Date : 2013:02:12 21:02:33+09:00 Creator : Adobe InDesign CS4_J (6.0) Modify Date : 2013:02:13 11:55:21+09:00 Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-20:48:00 Instance ID : uuid:d061f67e-df15-42c4-ae09-2724238f11f9 Document ID : xmp.did:66B88C821361E2118269ADAEB4956ACB Original Document ID : adobe:docid:indd:c7c3b332-f106-11dd-ace8-8dac262b36a3 Rendition Class : proof:pdf Derived From Instance ID : xmp.iid:65B88C821361E2118269ADAEB4956ACB Derived From Document ID : xmp.did:F0CB8FAEACB9E11182B08FD7F7FEEE4E Derived From Original Document ID: adobe:docid:indd:c7c3b332-f106-11dd-ace8-8dac262b36a3 Derived From Rendition Class : default History Action : saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved History Instance ID : xmp.iid:6622975AAFD4DE11A5CE82878D7DB616, xmp.iid:6722975AAFD4DE11A5CE82878D7DB616, xmp.iid:6822975AAFD4DE11A5CE82878D7DB616, xmp.iid:6922975AAFD4DE11A5CE82878D7DB616, xmp.iid:AAD5F2A8D3D4DE11A5CE82878D7DB616, xmp.iid:BEEF37F9DAD4DE11B1FFE722BD3BFA82, xmp.iid:BFEF37F9DAD4DE11B1FFE722BD3BFA82, xmp.iid:C0EF37F9DAD4DE11B1FFE722BD3BFA82, xmp.iid:C1EF37F9DAD4DE11B1FFE722BD3BFA82, xmp.iid:C2EF37F9DAD4DE11B1FFE722BD3BFA82, xmp.iid:BBB028E313E3DE11BE2FAAA95455467E, xmp.iid:BCB028E313E3DE11BE2FAAA95455467E, xmp.iid:C0B028E313E3DE11BE2FAAA95455467E, xmp.iid:C1B028E313E3DE11BE2FAAA95455467E, xmp.iid:C2B028E313E3DE11BE2FAAA95455467E, xmp.iid:AC6AF16A25E3DE11BE2FAAA95455467E, xmp.iid:AD6AF16A25E3DE11BE2FAAA95455467E, xmp.iid:A80B2F8F6CE5DE11883E8DD6A5DA2493, xmp.iid:C81B417779E5DE11883E8DD6A5DA2493, xmp.iid:44FC32EEFEE5DE11BB29E9E61507C514, xmp.iid:CDCB658EDDF9DE11907BC209105E3A46, xmp.iid:CECB658EDDF9DE11907BC209105E3A46, xmp.iid:CFCB658EDDF9DE11907BC209105E3A46, xmp.iid:D0CB658EDDF9DE11907BC209105E3A46, xmp.iid:D17AF6E35CFADE1191E3FBAAFB35FA6B, xmp.iid:D27AF6E35CFADE1191E3FBAAFB35FA6B, xmp.iid:D37AF6E35CFADE1191E3FBAAFB35FA6B, xmp.iid:D47AF6E35CFADE1191E3FBAAFB35FA6B, xmp.iid:D91F0E6766FADE11985C9196BB6FC99A, xmp.iid:35765267EC24DF119C73DFD08DAFD057, xmp.iid:AE757F6DB925DF11B35783A706892CC4, xmp.iid:AD954444CE25DF119194ECE4FCBBD2D0, xmp.iid:93230B6D252BDF11BEA7B196BAF4D3BF, xmp.iid:CDE867B2212BDF11B33CB96B6CB586D5, xmp.iid:CEE867B2212BDF11B33CB96B6CB586D5, xmp.iid:2D80900D382BDF11A27DBEE7B5B5E2F7, xmp.iid:2E80900D382BDF11A27DBEE7B5B5E2F7, xmp.iid:1F16C2571D5FDF11A94BD43E7A7BDD97, xmp.iid:69C9C59D2D5FDF11B96F89E6991C9409, xmp.iid:6AC9C59D2D5FDF11B96F89E6991C9409, xmp.iid:72C9C59D2D5FDF11B96F89E6991C9409, xmp.iid:776976493A5FDF11B96F89E6991C9409, xmp.iid:786976493A5FDF11B96F89E6991C9409, xmp.iid:796976493A5FDF11B96F89E6991C9409, xmp.iid:BE84778A6961DF11A9E5ADB3A58C2C31, xmp.iid:BF84778A6961DF11A9E5ADB3A58C2C31, xmp.iid:8024EE848C61DF119C069A5B2E73E466, xmp.iid:4C2B16DD9061DF11B96BFDF25A9CBDC9, xmp.iid:4D2B16DD9061DF11B96BFDF25A9CBDC9, xmp.iid:4E2B16DD9061DF11B96BFDF25A9CBDC9, xmp.iid:F614980ECF63DF118434F8180E43E921, xmp.iid:F714980ECF63DF118434F8180E43E921, xmp.iid:F814980ECF63DF118434F8180E43E921, xmp.iid:F914980ECF63DF118434F8180E43E921, xmp.iid:FA14980ECF63DF118434F8180E43E921, xmp.iid:FB14980ECF63DF118434F8180E43E921, xmp.iid:C9F98D4BEB63DF1187D0EF68E47B6A78, xmp.iid:693343E7EB63DF11A8DAA93D66C70E0F, xmp.iid:FBE31EA87F64DF118119F3B16BAEB5B7, xmp.iid:FCE31EA87F64DF118119F3B16BAEB5B7, xmp.iid:6D8B38549C67DF11A79ECB1116CB50E7, xmp.iid:6E8B38549C67DF11A79ECB1116CB50E7, xmp.iid:6F8B38549C67DF11A79ECB1116CB50E7, xmp.iid:708B38549C67DF11A79ECB1116CB50E7, xmp.iid:718B38549C67DF11A79ECB1116CB50E7, xmp.iid:728B38549C67DF11A79ECB1116CB50E7, xmp.iid:738B38549C67DF11A79ECB1116CB50E7, xmp.iid:43335BB1A067DF11A79ECB1116CB50E7, xmp.iid:44335BB1A067DF11A79ECB1116CB50E7, xmp.iid:4803F2716568DF11A5B1F81B13D723CD, xmp.iid:82AA2B863469DF11AC3AFD493D880F40, xmp.iid:83AA2B863469DF11AC3AFD493D880F40, xmp.iid:8CECD8E13969DF11903CB3FD754F2758, xmp.iid:8DECD8E13969DF11903CB3FD754F2758, xmp.iid:C6512D32F869DF11AED0DF8554E2207A, xmp.iid:C7512D32F869DF11AED0DF8554E2207A, xmp.iid:04B671AE8E7ADF11A55592AB9EE55644, xmp.iid:05B671AE8E7ADF11A55592AB9EE55644, xmp.iid:06B671AE8E7ADF11A55592AB9EE55644, xmp.iid:07B671AE8E7ADF11A55592AB9EE55644, xmp.iid:08B671AE8E7ADF11A55592AB9EE55644, xmp.iid:09B671AE8E7ADF11A55592AB9EE55644, xmp.iid:4D9BB17E3C7FDF118F939A1F15202D06, xmp.iid:519BB17E3C7FDF118F939A1F15202D06, xmp.iid:288A00F10180DF11AEB3FD646C4F62CA, xmp.iid:298A00F10180DF11AEB3FD646C4F62CA, xmp.iid:2A8A00F10180DF11AEB3FD646C4F62CA, xmp.iid:2B8A00F10180DF11AEB3FD646C4F62CA, xmp.iid:2C8A00F10180DF11AEB3FD646C4F62CA, xmp.iid:C0F2609B1C80DF1183B4836EC15BD22F, xmp.iid:C1F2609B1C80DF1183B4836EC15BD22F, xmp.iid:C2F2609B1C80DF1183B4836EC15BD22F, xmp.iid:C3F2609B1C80DF1183B4836EC15BD22F, xmp.iid:C4F2609B1C80DF1183B4836EC15BD22F, xmp.iid:C5F2609B1C80DF1183B4836EC15BD22F, xmp.iid:C6F2609B1C80DF1183B4836EC15BD22F, xmp.iid:C7F2609B1C80DF1183B4836EC15BD22F, xmp.iid:239DB87D2680DF1180CBB0A5D500F09A, xmp.iid:F50BA8832780DF118DBB9954A27DE22E, xmp.iid:F60BA8832780DF118DBB9954A27DE22E, xmp.iid:F70BA8832780DF118DBB9954A27DE22E, xmp.iid:7C01350B8182DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:7D01350B8182DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:7D8F65598E82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:7E8F65598E82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:7F8F65598E82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:808F65598E82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:818F65598E82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:828F65598E82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:838F65598E82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:848F65598E82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:858F65598E82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:868F65598E82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:878F65598E82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:3908FEAC9C82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:3A08FEAC9C82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:3B08FEAC9C82DF11B866AE615321847B, xmp.iid:DE97661D1C83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:DF97661D1C83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:E697661D1C83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:8E7AF06A2083DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:8F7AF06A2083DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:907AF06A2083DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:917AF06A2083DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:927AF06A2083DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:937AF06A2083DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:947AF06A2083DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:957AF06A2083DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:967AF06A2083DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:977AF06A2083DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:26647C2A2683DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:27647C2A2683DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:28647C2A2683DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:29647C2A2683DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:2A647C2A2683DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:2B647C2A2683DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:2C647C2A2683DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:2D647C2A2683DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:2E647C2A2683DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:2F647C2A2683DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:30647C2A2683DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:0E2D7B5B2A83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:0F2D7B5B2A83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:102D7B5B2A83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:112D7B5B2A83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:122D7B5B2A83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:132D7B5B2A83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:142D7B5B2A83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:152D7B5B2A83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:162D7B5B2A83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:172D7B5B2A83DF118F48D34591FFAE39, xmp.iid:BB9630EFE383DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:BC9630EFE383DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:BE9630EFE383DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:BF9630EFE383DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:C09630EFE383DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:C19630EFE383DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:C39630EFE383DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:DC8D84A7EB83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:E08D84A7EB83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:E18D84A7EB83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:E28D84A7EB83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:E38D84A7EB83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:E48D84A7EB83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:E58D84A7EB83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:E68D84A7EB83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:08C174E3FC83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:09C174E3FC83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:0AC174E3FC83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:0BC174E3FC83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:0EC174E3FC83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:0FC174E3FC83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:10C174E3FC83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:11C174E3FC83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:12C174E3FC83DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:A58697C03E84DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:A68697C03E84DF119B36E15A9C9883F7, xmp.iid:4989FB767485DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:4A89FB767485DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:4B89FB767485DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:4C89FB767485DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:4D89FB767485DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:4E89FB767485DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:4F89FB767485DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:5089FB767485DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:5189FB767485DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:5289FB767485DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:EDA024797C85DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:EEA024797C85DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:EFA024797C85DF1191EAB91E74387102, xmp.iid:19E548E9E987DF119F2FD01AF473EC30, xmp.iid:1AE548E9E987DF119F2FD01AF473EC30, xmp.iid:1BE548E9E987DF119F2FD01AF473EC30, xmp.iid:1EE548E9E987DF119F2FD01AF473EC30, xmp.iid:1FE548E9E987DF119F2FD01AF473EC30, xmp.iid:37263826F987DF119157EFDB783B8F1F, xmp.iid:38263826F987DF119157EFDB783B8F1F, xmp.iid:39263826F987DF119157EFDB783B8F1F, xmp.iid:00ED70723B8ADF119008B5209E2B2D38, xmp.iid:01ED70723B8ADF119008B5209E2B2D38, xmp.iid:99D8F1D2508ADF11A1CFF03F61C39E45, xmp.iid:9AD8F1D2508ADF11A1CFF03F61C39E45, xmp.iid:78E24229E38EDF11B827A6A66A8E7232, xmp.iid:7C0A8F50018FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:7D0A8F50018FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:7E0A8F50018FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:7F0A8F50018FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:800A8F50018FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:810A8F50018FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:820A8F50018FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:830A8F50018FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:840A8F50018FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:850A8F50018FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:7A689F99038FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:7B689F99038FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:7C689F99038FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:7D689F99038FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:7E689F99038FDF119AC7DD59FC92E2CD, xmp.iid:D34F839C188FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:D94F839C188FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:DA4F839C188FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:DB4F839C188FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:DC4F839C188FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:FA2531E5218FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:FB2531E5218FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:FC2531E5218FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:FD2531E5218FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:FE2531E5218FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:FF2531E5218FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:002631E5218FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:012631E5218FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:022631E5218FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:032631E5218FDF118BEFD1D7E0AA6A74, xmp.iid:4A308724B28FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:4B308724B28FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:51308724B28FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:69CB94A0BA8FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:6ACB94A0BA8FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:6BCB94A0BA8FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:6CCB94A0BA8FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:6DCB94A0BA8FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:6ECB94A0BA8FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:6FCB94A0BA8FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:70CB94A0BA8FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:71CB94A0BA8FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:72CB94A0BA8FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:73CB94A0BA8FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:B0B495A7D38FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:B1B495A7D38FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:B2B495A7D38FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:B3B495A7D38FDF1193D8E87FBBA3DD0A, xmp.iid:2805C41EE68FDF11BD059EC598BB3C22, xmp.iid:2905C41EE68FDF11BD059EC598BB3C22, xmp.iid:2A05C41EE68FDF11BD059EC598BB3C22, xmp.iid:649D8C9DEB8FDF118F14EDC392D8D813, xmp.iid:659D8C9DEB8FDF118F14EDC392D8D813, xmp.iid:669D8C9DEB8FDF118F14EDC392D8D813, xmp.iid:65AD7B380290DF118F14EDC392D8D813, xmp.iid:1AD5AD710990DF118F14EDC392D8D813, xmp.iid:AE89F4081190DF118F14EDC392D8D813, xmp.iid:AF89F4081190DF118F14EDC392D8D813, xmp.iid:F86733CD1590DF118F14EDC392D8D813, xmp.iid:173E89318090DF11A9F5F4A5B0DB3C60, xmp.iid:183E89318090DF11A9F5F4A5B0DB3C60, xmp.iid:193E89318090DF11A9F5F4A5B0DB3C60, xmp.iid:1A3E89318090DF11A9F5F4A5B0DB3C60, xmp.iid:1B3E89318090DF11A9F5F4A5B0DB3C60, xmp.iid:355F95F19690DF118C5E874E9534AB49, xmp.iid:375F95F19690DF118C5E874E9534AB49, xmp.iid:5DA4745BA790DF11A441C52C8AA1E58D, xmp.iid:BEC5CC7BB990DF11A441C52C8AA1E58D, xmp.iid:A0ACB2C4BF90DF11A441C52C8AA1E58D, xmp.iid:77C756E7CE90DF11A441C52C8AA1E58D, xmp.iid:E9B531849E93DF11B9C0A597C29CC9BA, xmp.iid:EAB531849E93DF11B9C0A597C29CC9BA, xmp.iid:EBB531849E93DF11B9C0A597C29CC9BA, xmp.iid:F2B531849E93DF11B9C0A597C29CC9BA, xmp.iid:97F438A5A293DF11B9C0A597C29CC9BA, xmp.iid:9AF438A5A293DF11B9C0A597C29CC9BA, xmp.iid:AF9C5330AA93DF11B9C0A597C29CC9BA, xmp.iid:F50B34FBC593DF118C44F9C95B2E5141, xmp.iid:8307FA2EDE93DF119F95C6741F8847EF, xmp.iid:8407FA2EDE93DF119F95C6741F8847EF, xmp.iid:BC2A9A41B79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:BD2A9A41B79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:BE2A9A41B79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:BF2A9A41B79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:C02A9A41B79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:C12A9A41B79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:BEF12FF3C79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:BFF12FF3C79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:C1F12FF3C79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:C2F12FF3C79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:C3F12FF3C79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:C4F12FF3C79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:C5F12FF3C79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:C6F12FF3C79ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:64D527D5DD9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:65D527D5DD9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:66D527D5DD9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:67D527D5DD9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:68D527D5DD9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:69D527D5DD9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:6AD527D5DD9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:6BD527D5DD9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:6CD527D5DD9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:6DD527D5DD9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:6ED527D5DD9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:76102160E59ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:77102160E59ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:78102160E59ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:79102160E59ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:7A102160E59ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:7B102160E59ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:7C102160E59ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:7D102160E59ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:7E102160E59ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:7F102160E59ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:80102160E59ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:D8DB052FEC9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:D9DB052FEC9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:DADB052FEC9ADF118D0CB27E825251FF, xmp.iid:65EA304F939BDF1194F5D1B52708F0EA, xmp.iid:66EA304F939BDF1194F5D1B52708F0EA, xmp.iid:C4665B059A9BDF1194F5D1B52708F0EA, xmp.iid:C5665B059A9BDF1194F5D1B52708F0EA, xmp.iid:C6665B059A9BDF1194F5D1B52708F0EA, xmp.iid:C7665B059A9BDF1194F5D1B52708F0EA, xmp.iid:C8665B059A9BDF1194F5D1B52708F0EA, xmp.iid:C9665B059A9BDF1194F5D1B52708F0EA, xmp.iid:CD665B059A9BDF1194F5D1B52708F0EA, xmp.iid:124EFC009E9EDF11B5CDC736EA1345A2, xmp.iid:134EFC009E9EDF11B5CDC736EA1345A2, xmp.iid:82EA63E9A49FDF119DCF97FE56C12D88, xmp.iid:85EA63E9A49FDF119DCF97FE56C12D88, xmp.iid:90CD6DB6F2A0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:91CD6DB6F2A0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:92CD6DB6F2A0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:93CD6DB6F2A0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:94CD6DB6F2A0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:D982878FFFA0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:DC82878FFFA0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:DD82878FFFA0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:DE82878FFFA0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:DF82878FFFA0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:E082878FFFA0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:E182878FFFA0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:E282878FFFA0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:E382878FFFA0DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:3500FF4212A1DF11BEB1E5F22A6623DE, xmp.iid:46E3484924A1DF118D1F9AC90305363A, xmp.iid:47E3484924A1DF118D1F9AC90305363A, xmp.iid:103FF64039A1DF118D1F9AC90305363A, xmp.iid:113FF64039A1DF118D1F9AC90305363A, xmp.iid:5E5C826393A9DF11861DFFE7743EE611, xmp.iid:8C5AFCA879D2DF1189AF84D026771345, xmp.iid:690DBF3895D6DF118E9AC7775555106E, xmp.iid:408FF909EA72E01197BBD8DE58CEC0E3, xmp.iid:418FF909EA72E01197BBD8DE58CEC0E3, xmp.iid:428FF909EA72E01197BBD8DE58CEC0E3, xmp.iid:438FF909EA72E01197BBD8DE58CEC0E3, xmp.iid:401E3B52EC72E01197BBD8DE58CEC0E3, xmp.iid:411E3B52EC72E01197BBD8DE58CEC0E3, xmp.iid:491E3B52EC72E01197BBD8DE58CEC0E3, xmp.iid:4A1E3B52EC72E01197BBD8DE58CEC0E3, xmp.iid:A6B1061BAD7AE011B517B2446A4A6139, xmp.iid:48CC81FB56C9E011B19D94CE9F0B1D21, xmp.iid:49CC81FB56C9E011B19D94CE9F0B1D21, xmp.iid:4BCC81FB56C9E011B19D94CE9F0B1D21, xmp.iid:4CCC81FB56C9E011B19D94CE9F0B1D21, xmp.iid:4DCC81FB56C9E011B19D94CE9F0B1D21, xmp.iid:F9546B36FEC9E011A547FC9E33ECCD00, xmp.iid:FA546B36FEC9E011A547FC9E33ECCD00, xmp.iid:FB546B36FEC9E011A547FC9E33ECCD00, xmp.iid:FC546B36FEC9E011A547FC9E33ECCD00, xmp.iid:91A37045AED2E011A9348D67CD0B6958, xmp.iid:93A37045AED2E011A9348D67CD0B6958, xmp.iid:94A37045AED2E011A9348D67CD0B6958, xmp.iid:264B5C3ECFD2E0119BF48F4F5F679137, xmp.iid:274B5C3ECFD2E0119BF48F4F5F679137, xmp.iid:294B5C3ECFD2E0119BF48F4F5F679137, xmp.iid:55BF752459D8E011BC068AC1F48B8B6B, xmp.iid:56BF752459D8E011BC068AC1F48B8B6B, xmp.iid:57BF752459D8E011BC068AC1F48B8B6B, xmp.iid:58BF752459D8E011BC068AC1F48B8B6B, xmp.iid:99B881CFF0D8E011807ADB6617EF8454, xmp.iid:9AB881CFF0D8E011807ADB6617EF8454, xmp.iid:4CD660D4F6D8E011AA3E9DFD7BF75A7C, xmp.iid:4DD660D4F6D8E011AA3E9DFD7BF75A7C, xmp.iid:C42BBD71B0DDE0118633E8A1218C4D1A, xmp.iid:F38956E269DEE011B6A5AA9ACB9BA09F, xmp.iid:8F6078ED8ADEE011809BF4CB3C9D6FE8, xmp.iid:0DDE51DE1868E11191098B9ACBB43AF8, xmp.iid:0EDE51DE1868E11191098B9ACBB43AF8, xmp.iid:EFF98F1DFD88E11188DCFD70A6E55DCB, xmp.iid:F0F98F1DFD88E11188DCFD70A6E55DCB, xmp.iid:8F649005C389E1119939E1CF54781A4D, xmp.iid:90649005C389E1119939E1CF54781A4D, xmp.iid:91649005C389E1119939E1CF54781A4D, xmp.iid:92649005C389E1119939E1CF54781A4D, xmp.iid:93649005C389E1119939E1CF54781A4D, xmp.iid:94649005C389E1119939E1CF54781A4D, xmp.iid:95649005C389E1119939E1CF54781A4D, xmp.iid:96649005C389E1119939E1CF54781A4D, xmp.iid:98649005C389E1119939E1CF54781A4D, xmp.iid:3691DCF3848AE111ABBEAA7EB1309062, xmp.iid:3791DCF3848AE111ABBEAA7EB1309062, xmp.iid:3891DCF3848AE111ABBEAA7EB1309062, xmp.iid:3991DCF3848AE111ABBEAA7EB1309062, xmp.iid:3A91DCF3848AE111ABBEAA7EB1309062, xmp.iid:3B91DCF3848AE111ABBEAA7EB1309062, xmp.iid:3C91DCF3848AE111ABBEAA7EB1309062, xmp.iid:E4916498E68CE111971285A41B989132, xmp.iid:E5916498E68CE111971285A41B989132, xmp.iid:E6916498E68CE111971285A41B989132, xmp.iid:E7916498E68CE111971285A41B989132, xmp.iid:E8916498E68CE111971285A41B989132, xmp.iid:40CC947BAA8DE11182BC951829F30321, xmp.iid:46CC947BAA8DE11182BC951829F30321, xmp.iid:DB9E4948998EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:DC9E4948998EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:DD9E4948998EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:DE9E4948998EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:DF9E4948998EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:E09E4948998EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:E19E4948998EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:E29E4948998EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:E39E4948998EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:D1C6E67EC08EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:D2C6E67EC08EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:D3C6E67EC08EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:D4C6E67EC08EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:D5C6E67EC08EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:D6C6E67EC08EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:D7C6E67EC08EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:D8C6E67EC08EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:D9C6E67EC08EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:DAC6E67EC08EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:DBC6E67EC08EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:1B712578CC8EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:1C712578CC8EE1119D3CD6C4D0A23736, xmp.iid:94BD473B3A8FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:95BD473B3A8FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:96BD473B3A8FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:97BD473B3A8FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:98BD473B3A8FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:99BD473B3A8FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:9ABD473B3A8FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:9BBD473B3A8FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:9CBD473B3A8FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:9DBD473B3A8FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:DD14FA56788FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:DE14FA56788FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:DF14FA56788FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:E214FA56788FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:E314FA56788FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:E414FA56788FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:E514FA56788FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:E614FA56788FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:E714FA56788FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:69EAB237918FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:6AEAB237918FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:6BEAB237918FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:6CEAB237918FE111B638D83C2235FC55, xmp.iid:32ABE7DFE897E111AFB79483F26BE2B9, xmp.iid:33ABE7DFE897E111AFB79483F26BE2B9, xmp.iid:34ABE7DFE897E111AFB79483F26BE2B9, xmp.iid:35ABE7DFE897E111AFB79483F26BE2B9, xmp.iid:67AC4E652D98E111AFB79483F26BE2B9, xmp.iid:68AC4E652D98E111AFB79483F26BE2B9, xmp.iid:69AC4E652D98E111AFB79483F26BE2B9, xmp.iid:6AAC4E652D98E111AFB79483F26BE2B9, xmp.iid:6BAC4E652D98E111AFB79483F26BE2B9, xmp.iid:6CAC4E652D98E111AFB79483F26BE2B9, xmp.iid:8640C5D17A99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:8740C5D17A99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:8840C5D17A99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:8940C5D17A99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:8A40C5D17A99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:8B40C5D17A99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:8C40C5D17A99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:8D40C5D17A99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:E1DF69E7BF99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:E2DF69E7BF99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:E3DF69E7BF99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:E4DF69E7BF99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:E5DF69E7BF99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:E6DF69E7BF99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:E7DF69E7BF99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:E8DF69E7BF99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:E9DF69E7BF99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:EADF69E7BF99E1119AD2F9292C52F7DF, xmp.iid:8D53BAF0D699E111B2AEB69AF447C9E3, xmp.iid:8E53BAF0D699E111B2AEB69AF447C9E3, xmp.iid:8F53BAF0D699E111B2AEB69AF447C9E3, xmp.iid:9053BAF0D699E111B2AEB69AF447C9E3, xmp.iid:DDAA16A03C9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:DEAA16A03C9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:DFAA16A03C9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:E0AA16A03C9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:E1AA16A03C9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:E2AA16A03C9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:E3AA16A03C9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:E4AA16A03C9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:E5AA16A03C9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:E6AA16A03C9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:19BD5CF94B9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:1ABD5CF94B9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:1BBD5CF94B9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:1CBD5CF94B9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:1DBD5CF94B9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:1EBD5CF94B9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:1FBD5CF94B9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:20BD5CF94B9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:21BD5CF94B9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:22BD5CF94B9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:23BD5CF94B9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:246BB6507F9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:256BB6507F9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:266BB6507F9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:276BB6507F9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:286BB6507F9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:296BB6507F9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:2A6BB6507F9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:2B6BB6507F9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:2C6BB6507F9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:2D6BB6507F9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:2E6BB6507F9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:A41160D98A9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:A51160D98A9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:A61160D98A9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:A71160D98A9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:A81160D98A9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:A91160D98A9AE111BC8580C642ABB761, xmp.iid:8A85C72C039BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:8B85C72C039BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:8C85C72C039BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:8D85C72C039BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:8E85C72C039BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:8F85C72C039BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:9085C72C039BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:9185C72C039BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:35929AB9209BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:36929AB9209BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:37929AB9209BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:38929AB9209BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:39929AB9209BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:3A929AB9209BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:3B929AB9209BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:3C929AB9209BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:3D929AB9209BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:3E929AB9209BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:3F929AB9209BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:7D3E570B469BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:7E3E570B469BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:7F3E570B469BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:803E570B469BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:813E570B469BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:823E570B469BE111BA7BB67448994F96, xmp.iid:01FB25275E9DE111890DE32FF56F5C84, xmp.iid:02FB25275E9DE111890DE32FF56F5C84, xmp.iid:03FB25275E9DE111890DE32FF56F5C84, xmp.iid:26A31682659DE111AA83B6917E4AB054, xmp.iid:5B7B22EBF59EE111BB859E586057EC38, xmp.iid:5C7B22EBF59EE111BB859E586057EC38, xmp.iid:5D7B22EBF59EE111BB859E586057EC38, xmp.iid:5E7B22EBF59EE111BB859E586057EC38, xmp.iid:5F7B22EBF59EE111BB859E586057EC38, xmp.iid:607B22EBF59EE111BB859E586057EC38, xmp.iid:617B22EBF59EE111BB859E586057EC38, xmp.iid:6126ECBB409FE111BB859E586057EC38, xmp.iid:6226ECBB409FE111BB859E586057EC38, xmp.iid:6426ECBB409FE111BB859E586057EC38, xmp.iid:F44D1450519FE111864987895F33A8BC, xmp.iid:F54D1450519FE111864987895F33A8BC, xmp.iid:60E651A9559FE111B3A7C49537750E01, xmp.iid:DF0DA80E579FE11189E3B0DBB2943094, xmp.iid:E00DA80E579FE11189E3B0DBB2943094, xmp.iid:7A680A0E599FE111BBFA8EA51EC32160, xmp.iid:7B680A0E599FE111BBFA8EA51EC32160, xmp.iid:E5DB5A8DBFA0E111A82EA071157DCAC5, xmp.iid:E6DB5A8DBFA0E111A82EA071157DCAC5, xmp.iid:E7DB5A8DBFA0E111A82EA071157DCAC5, xmp.iid:E8DB5A8DBFA0E111A82EA071157DCAC5, xmp.iid:E9DB5A8DBFA0E111A82EA071157DCAC5, xmp.iid:ECDB5A8DBFA0E111A82EA071157DCAC5, xmp.iid:EDDB5A8DBFA0E111A82EA071157DCAC5, xmp.iid:91ED9F510EA3E111969EF5F220433A81, xmp.iid:92ED9F510EA3E111969EF5F220433A81, xmp.iid:93ED9F510EA3E111969EF5F220433A81, xmp.iid:95ED9F510EA3E111969EF5F220433A81, xmp.iid:96ED9F510EA3E111969EF5F220433A81, xmp.iid:3237B879E4A3E11186E3F88605ADAA92, xmp.iid:3F0BC4D294A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:400BC4D294A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:430BC4D294A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:440BC4D294A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:87A1B155B3A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:88A1B155B3A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:89A1B155B3A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:8AA1B155B3A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:8BA1B155B3A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:8CA1B155B3A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:8DA1B155B3A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:8EA1B155B3A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:8FA1B155B3A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:90A1B155B3A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:91A1B155B3A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:C3E0F96DC0A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:C4E0F96DC0A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:C5E0F96DC0A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:C6E0F96DC0A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:C7E0F96DC0A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:C8E0F96DC0A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:C9E0F96DC0A4E11197EFA3EF6EE318E5, xmp.iid:CD462B7A3BA5E111AD27EF83BAE8F6EC, xmp.iid:CE462B7A3BA5E111AD27EF83BAE8F6EC, xmp.iid:CF462B7A3BA5E111AD27EF83BAE8F6EC, xmp.iid:D0462B7A3BA5E111AD27EF83BAE8F6EC, xmp.iid:06752FD238A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:07752FD238A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:08752FD238A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:09752FD238A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:0A752FD238A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:0B752FD238A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:0C752FD238A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:0D752FD238A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:0E752FD238A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:0F752FD238A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:C90D323D40A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:CA0D323D40A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:CB0D323D40A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:CC0D323D40A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:CD0D323D40A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:CE0D323D40A9E111A073B7A9E8CB202C, xmp.iid:835013E034AAE1118FBAEB5ABF4CDC60, xmp.iid:2AF4014AB2AEE1118F5088F542C46F15, xmp.iid:2BF4014AB2AEE1118F5088F542C46F15, xmp.iid:40F867E271B0E111BCD1FD55718E8406, xmp.iid:42F867E271B0E111BCD1FD55718E8406, xmp.iid:43F867E271B0E111BCD1FD55718E8406, xmp.iid:44F867E271B0E111BCD1FD55718E8406, xmp.iid:46F867E271B0E111BCD1FD55718E8406, xmp.iid:22830D189CB0E11182639667AB8BCC36, xmp.iid:23830D189CB0E11182639667AB8BCC36, xmp.iid:24830D189CB0E11182639667AB8BCC36, xmp.iid:25830D189CB0E11182639667AB8BCC36, xmp.iid:26830D189CB0E11182639667AB8BCC36, xmp.iid:27830D189CB0E11182639667AB8BCC36, xmp.iid:1178A7E2C0B3E111B996C3F0551EF286, xmp.iid:4C349F922AB4E111936EBC233F219268, xmp.iid:4D349F922AB4E111936EBC233F219268, xmp.iid:9D389084AAB6E11184BDF24D58748547, xmp.iid:9E389084AAB6E11184BDF24D58748547, xmp.iid:EFCB8FAEACB9E11182B08FD7F7FEEE4E, xmp.iid:F0CB8FAEACB9E11182B08FD7F7FEEE4E, xmp.iid:64B88C821361E2118269ADAEB4956ACB, xmp.iid:65B88C821361E2118269ADAEB4956ACB, xmp.iid:66B88C821361E2118269ADAEB4956ACB, xmp.iid:74A5E6D34161E211BA31CE4C0777176D, xmp.iid:75A5E6D34161E211BA31CE4C0777176D, xmp.iid:981CB06CA763E21189BA98E80F6EF1EF, xmp.iid:991CB06CA763E21189BA98E80F6EF1EF, xmp.iid:9A1CB06CA763E21189BA98E80F6EF1EF, xmp.iid:9B1CB06CA763E21189BA98E80F6EF1EF, xmp.iid:9C1CB06CA763E21189BA98E80F6EF1EF, xmp.iid:9F1CB06CA763E21189BA98E80F6EF1EF, xmp.iid:C2A98822BA69E211AA5DBC1616415DFB History When : 2009:11:19 13:20:57+09:00, 2009:11:19 13:20:58+09:00, 2009:11:19 13:22:58+09:00, 2009:11:19 13:22:59+09:00, 2009:11:19 15:20:40+09:00, 2009:11:19 18:17:55+09:00, 2009:11:19 18:20:50+09:00, 2009:11:19 18:24:10+09:00, 2009:11:19 19:09:55+09:00, 2009:11:19 19:14:12+09:00, 2009:12:07 18:42:53+09:00, 2009:12:07 19:09:04+09:00, 2009:12:07 20:19:21+09:00, 2009:12:07 20:33:17+09:00, 2009:12:07 20:37+09:00, 2009:12:07 20:41:11+09:00, 2009:12:07 20:41:33+09:00, 2009:12:10 19:37:58+09:00, 2009:12:10 19:47:52+09:00, 2009:12:11 11:43:14+09:00, 2010:01:05 18:34:43+09:00, 2010:01:05 18:40:36+09:00, 2010:01:05 18:41:59+09:00, 2010:01:05 18:45:49+09:00, 2010:01:06 09:46:13+09:00, 2010:01:06 09:47:08+09:00, 2010:01:06 09:47:26+09:00, 2010:01:06 09:47:40+09:00, 2010:01:06 10:54:19+09:00, 2010:03:01 15:49:47+09:00, 2010:03:02 14:06:58+09:00, 2010:03:02 16:43:05+09:00, 2010:03:09 11:42:38+09:00, 2010:03:09 13:29:03+09:00, 2010:03:09 13:33:20+09:00, 2010:03:09 13:55:59+09:00, 2010:03:09 13:56:41+09:00, 2010:05:14 14:55:47+09:00, 2010:05:14 16:52:16+09:00, 2010:05:14 16:59:54+09:00, 2010:05:14 18:16:43+09:00, 2010:05:14 18:22:58+09:00, 2010:05:14 18:39:19+09:00, 2010:05:14 18:53:27+09:00, 2010:05:17 13:06:16+09:00, 2010:05:17 13:12:54+09:00, 2010:05:17 17:16:39+09:00, 2010:05:17 17:47:45+09:00, 2010:05:17 17:49:30+09:00, 2010:05:17 17:50:01+09:00, 2010:05:20 14:17:59+09:00, 2010:05:20 14:32:03+09:00, 2010:05:20 14:51:21+09:00, 2010:05:20 15:01:12+09:00, 2010:05:20 15:44:24+09:00, 2010:05:20 15:54:32+09:00, 2010:05:20 17:40:08+09:00, 2010:05:20 18:02:38+09:00, 2010:05:21 11:51:46+09:00, 2010:05:21 11:52:36+09:00, 2010:05:25 10:24:56+09:00, 2010:05:25 10:30:15+09:00, 2010:05:25 10:32:46+09:00, 2010:05:25 10:33:55+09:00, 2010:05:25 10:34:15+09:00, 2010:05:25 10:35:42+09:00, 2010:05:25 10:36:06+09:00, 2010:05:25 11:05:37+09:00, 2010:05:25 11:17:58+09:00, 2010:05:26 10:24:35+09:00, 2010:05:27 11:06:55+09:00, 2010:05:27 11:17:25+09:00, 2010:05:27 11:45:16+09:00, 2010:05:27 11:47:15+09:00, 2010:05:28 10:27:35+09:00, 2010:05:28 10:28:26+09:00, 2010:06:18 13:05:07+09:00, 2010:06:18 13:05:14+09:00, 2010:06:18 13:38:58+09:00, 2010:06:18 13:53:35+09:00, 2010:06:18 13:56:31+09:00, 2010:06:18 14:00:48+09:00, 2010:06:24 17:41:49+09:00, 2010:06:24 19:18:13+09:00, 2010:06:25 11:32:47+09:00, 2010:06:25 11:41:55+09:00, 2010:06:25 11:43:10+09:00, 2010:06:25 11:55:30+09:00, 2010:06:25 14:23:10+09:00, 2010:06:25 14:43:39+09:00, 2010:06:25 14:46:21+09:00, 2010:06:25 14:46:21+09:00, 2010:06:25 14:57:22+09:00, 2010:06:25 15:30:13+09:00, 2010:06:25 15:33:45+09:00, 2010:06:25 15:41:24+09:00, 2010:06:25 15:45:03+09:00, 2010:06:25 15:54:25+09:00, 2010:06:25 16:01:44+09:00, 2010:06:25 16:04+09:00, 2010:06:25 16:34:47+09:00, 2010:06:28 17:09:10+09:00, 2010:06:28 17:18:25+09:00, 2010:06:28 17:22:54+09:00, 2010:06:28 17:45:52+09:00, 2010:06:28 17:54:41+09:00, 2010:06:28 18:11:30+09:00, 2010:06:28 18:29:36+09:00, 2010:06:28 18:32:09+09:00, 2010:06:28 18:49:16+09:00, 2010:06:28 18:57:46+09:00, 2010:06:28 18:59:21+09:00, 2010:06:28 19:02:42+09:00, 2010:06:28 19:03:41+09:00, 2010:06:28 19:05:27+09:00, 2010:06:28 19:05:50+09:00, 2010:06:28 19:18:02+09:00, 2010:06:29 10:17:41+09:00, 2010:06:29 10:21:44+09:00, 2010:06:29 10:43:44+09:00, 2010:06:29 10:55:23+09:00, 2010:06:29 10:58:22+09:00, 2010:06:29 10:59:47+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:01:39+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:01:54+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:09:20+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:11:01+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:12:03+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:21:41+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:23:32+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:29:38+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:30:19+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:33:58+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:38:29+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:44:52+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:49:17+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:49:38+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:53:30+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:56:03+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:57:26+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:59:17+09:00, 2010:06:29 11:59:39+09:00, 2010:06:29 12:01:38+09:00, 2010:06:29 13:10:44+09:00, 2010:06:29 13:12:21+09:00, 2010:06:29 13:12:36+09:00, 2010:06:29 13:15:53+09:00, 2010:06:29 13:16:32+09:00, 2010:06:29 13:19:38+09:00, 2010:06:29 13:24:46+09:00, 2010:06:29 13:26+09:00, 2010:06:30 10:08:03+09:00, 2010:06:30 10:27:34+09:00, 2010:06:30 10:32:20+09:00, 2010:06:30 10:32:39+09:00, 2010:06:30 10:37:33+09:00, 2010:06:30 10:51:46+09:00, 2010:06:30 10:59:52+09:00, 2010:06:30 11:03:19+09:00, 2010:06:30 11:20:27+09:00, 2010:06:30 11:37:18+09:00, 2010:06:30 11:38:01+09:00, 2010:06:30 11:38:26+09:00, 2010:06:30 11:38:56+09:00, 2010:06:30 11:40:47+09:00, 2010:06:30 12:00:32+09:00, 2010:06:30 13:06:41+09:00, 2010:06:30 13:25:18+09:00, 2010:06:30 13:56:14+09:00, 2010:06:30 14:08:04+09:00, 2010:06:30 14:34:55+09:00, 2010:06:30 15:26:21+09:00, 2010:06:30 18:56:32+09:00, 2010:06:30 19:45:52+09:00, 2010:06:30 20:20:41+09:00, 2010:06:30 20:58:09+09:00, 2010:06:30 21:12:50+09:00, 2010:07:02 09:55:10+09:00, 2010:07:02 09:57:20+09:00, 2010:07:02 10:12:46+09:00, 2010:07:02 10:13:06+09:00, 2010:07:02 10:13:38+09:00, 2010:07:02 10:21:38+09:00, 2010:07:02 10:26:14+09:00, 2010:07:02 10:35:38+09:00, 2010:07:02 10:50:49+09:00, 2010:07:02 10:51:06+09:00, 2010:07:02 10:52:29+09:00, 2010:07:02 10:58:18+09:00, 2010:07:02 11:01:29+09:00, 2010:07:05 13:00:55+09:00, 2010:07:05 13:03:02+09:00, 2010:07:05 13:08:07+09:00, 2010:07:05 13:26:15+09:00, 2010:07:05 13:34:46+09:00, 2010:07:05 16:59:54+09:00, 2010:07:05 17:01:23+09:00, 2010:07:05 17:04:34+09:00, 2010:07:08 13:03:19+09:00, 2010:07:08 13:09:29+09:00, 2010:07:08 15:16:58+09:00, 2010:07:08 15:26:21+09:00, 2010:07:14 10:49:01+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:36:05+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:41:04+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:45:10+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:48:19+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:49:35+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:49:55+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:51:05+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:51:18+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:51:50+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:52:10+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:52:26+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:54:42+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:54:55+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:56:10+09:00, 2010:07:14 13:56:23+09:00, 2010:07:14 16:22:51+09:00, 2010:07:14 17:09:16+09:00, 2010:07:14 17:17:37+09:00, 2010:07:14 17:27:05+09:00, 2010:07:14 17:29:02+09:00, 2010:07:14 17:29:18+09:00, 2010:07:14 17:41:41+09:00, 2010:07:14 17:44:17+09:00, 2010:07:14 17:44:29+09:00, 2010:07:14 17:48:33+09:00, 2010:07:14 17:49:03+09:00, 2010:07:14 17:49:37+09:00, 2010:07:14 17:51:13+09:00, 2010:07:14 18:07:53+09:00, 2010:07:14 18:28:45+09:00, 2010:07:15 11:12:46+09:00, 2010:07:15 11:15:18+09:00, 2010:07:15 11:41:04+09:00, 2010:07:15 11:42:36+09:00, 2010:07:15 11:48:52+09:00, 2010:07:15 11:51:45+09:00, 2010:07:15 12:00:28+09:00, 2010:07:15 13:10:13+09:00, 2010:07:15 13:13:46+09:00, 2010:07:15 13:17:08+09:00, 2010:07:15 13:50:20+09:00, 2010:07:15 13:58:36+09:00, 2010:07:15 14:01:49+09:00, 2010:07:15 14:14:18+09:00, 2010:07:15 14:41:45+09:00, 2010:07:15 14:59:43+09:00, 2010:07:15 15:14:15+09:00, 2010:07:15 16:45:50+09:00, 2010:07:15 16:53:56+09:00, 2010:07:15 17:13:41+09:00, 2010:07:15 17:29:29+09:00, 2010:07:15 17:33:16+09:00, 2010:07:15 17:38:20+09:00, 2010:07:15 18:37:13+09:00, 2010:07:15 20:51:56+09:00, 2010:07:15 21:32:52+09:00, 2010:07:15 22:01:08+09:00, 2010:07:15 22:02:13+09:00, 2010:07:15 22:40:29+09:00, 2010:07:16 11:54:15+09:00, 2010:07:16 11:57:07+09:00, 2010:07:16 12:01:21+09:00, 2010:07:16 13:37:38+09:00, 2010:07:16 13:42:02+09:00, 2010:07:16 13:59:41+09:00, 2010:07:16 14:54:16+09:00, 2010:07:16 15:57:11+09:00, 2010:07:16 18:22:25+09:00, 2010:07:16 19:39:09+09:00, 2010:07:16 20:42:46+09:00, 2010:07:20 10:31:27+09:00, 2010:07:20 10:32:03+09:00, 2010:07:20 10:33:41+09:00, 2010:07:20 10:49:02+09:00, 2010:07:20 11:24:25+09:00, 2010:07:20 11:36:25+09:00, 2010:07:20 14:00:46+09:00, 2010:07:20 15:30:08+09:00, 2010:07:20 18:24:42+09:00, 2010:07:20 18:29:57+09:00, 2010:07:29 11:23:01+09:00, 2010:07:29 11:24:24+09:00, 2010:07:29 11:24:44+09:00, 2010:07:29 11:40:18+09:00, 2010:07:29 11:51:19+09:00, 2010:07:29 11:53:09+09:00, 2010:07:29 13:20:13+09:00, 2010:07:29 13:25:20+09:00, 2010:07:29 14:28:20+09:00, 2010:07:29 15:10:47+09:00, 2010:07:29 15:25:18+09:00, 2010:07:29 15:31:32+09:00, 2010:07:29 15:46:13+09:00, 2010:07:29 15:50:18+09:00, 2010:07:29 15:52:19+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:06:57+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:07:51+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:08:39+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:19:01+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:19:28+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:25:55+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:28:04+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:28:24+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:28:36+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:45:25+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:46:19+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:54:50+09:00, 2010:07:29 16:55:32+09:00, 2010:07:29 17:04:05+09:00, 2010:07:29 17:04:58+09:00, 2010:07:29 17:06:55+09:00, 2010:07:29 17:16:19+09:00, 2010:07:29 17:19:06+09:00, 2010:07:29 17:22:19+09:00, 2010:07:29 17:25:42+09:00, 2010:07:29 17:29:26+09:00, 2010:07:29 17:35:03+09:00, 2010:07:29 17:42:20+09:00, 2010:07:29 17:54:11+09:00, 2010:07:30 14:17:16+09:00, 2010:07:30 14:17:48+09:00, 2010:07:30 14:19:26+09:00, 2010:07:30 14:21:46+09:00, 2010:07:30 14:24:39+09:00, 2010:07:30 14:26:33+09:00, 2010:07:30 14:33:59+09:00, 2010:07:30 14:36:25+09:00, 2010:07:30 15:19:26+09:00, 2010:08:03 10:54:55+09:00, 2010:08:03 11:08:58+09:00, 2010:08:04 17:47:28+09:00, 2010:08:04 18:15:19+09:00, 2010:08:06 10:57:25+09:00, 2010:08:06 10:58:05+09:00, 2010:08:06 11:00:36+09:00, 2010:08:06 11:06:31+09:00, 2010:08:06 11:06:51+09:00, 2010:08:06 11:08:52+09:00, 2010:08:06 11:18:18+09:00, 2010:08:06 11:18:49+09:00, 2010:08:06 11:38:27+09:00, 2010:08:06 11:48:11+09:00, 2010:08:06 11:52:21+09:00, 2010:08:06 12:02:13+09:00, 2010:08:06 12:57:27+09:00, 2010:08:06 13:01:04+09:00, 2010:08:06 13:31:10+09:00, 2010:08:06 15:31:46+09:00, 2010:08:06 15:32:22+09:00, 2010:08:06 18:08:39+09:00, 2010:08:06 18:09:05+09:00, 2010:08:17 09:07:13+09:00, 2010:10:08 11:32:18+09:00, 2010:10:13 15:51:39+09:00, 2011:04:30 14:36:03+09:00, 2011:04:30 14:36:42+09:00, 2011:04:30 14:37:39+09:00, 2011:04:30 14:38:29+09:00, 2011:04:30 14:40:13+09:00, 2011:04:30 14:47:19+09:00, 2011:04:30 14:53:37+09:00, 2011:04:30 14:57:57+09:00, 2011:05:10 11:27:52+09:00, 2011:08:18 14:08:49+09:00, 2011:08:18 14:10:19+09:00, 2011:08:18 14:14:33+09:00, 2011:08:18 14:15:17+09:00, 2011:08:18 14:17:25+09:00, 2011:08:19 09:57:29+09:00, 2011:08:19 09:57:58+09:00, 2011:08:19 09:59:06+09:00, 2011:08:19 09:59:23+09:00, 2011:08:30 11:53:52+09:00, 2011:08:30 12:55:33+09:00, 2011:08:30 12:58:54+09:00, 2011:08:30 15:44:28+09:00, 2011:08:30 15:45:15+09:00, 2011:08:30 15:49:32+09:00, 2011:09:06 16:23:39+09:00, 2011:09:06 16:29:15+09:00, 2011:09:06 16:31:02+09:00, 2011:09:06 16:31:54+09:00, 2011:09:07 10:45:47+09:00, 2011:09:07 10:48:26+09:00, 2011:09:07 11:12:25+09:00, 2011:09:07 11:12:52+09:00, 2011:09:13 11:31:11+09:00, 2011:09:14 10:08:22+09:00, 2011:09:14 13:58:02+09:00, 2012:03:07 14:46:21+09:00, 2012:03:07 14:46:23+09:00, 2012:04:18 11:20:50+09:00, 2012:04:18 11:20:51+09:00, 2012:04:19 10:57:30+09:00, 2012:04:19 11:48:04+09:00, 2012:04:19 13:00:02+09:00, 2012:04:19 13:08:44+09:00, 2012:04:19 13:23:57+09:00, 2012:04:19 13:46:23+09:00, 2012:04:19 14:11:59+09:00, 2012:04:19 14:19:17+09:00, 2012:04:19 18:01:14+09:00, 2012:04:20 10:05:42+09:00, 2012:04:20 10:08:36+09:00, 2012:04:20 10:47:20+09:00, 2012:04:20 11:27:32+09:00, 2012:04:20 14:17:39+09:00, 2012:04:20 14:19:39+09:00, 2012:04:20 18:06:06+09:00, 2012:04:23 10:49:42+09:00, 2012:04:23 11:40:33+09:00, 2012:04:23 12:02:31+09:00, 2012:04:23 14:39:01+09:00, 2012:04:23 18:08:55+09:00, 2012:04:24 10:12:41+09:00, 2012:04:24 18:50:30+09:00, 2012:04:25 14:41:19+09:00, 2012:04:25 15:58:12+09:00, 2012:04:25 16:36:58+09:00, 2012:04:25 17:19:28+09:00, 2012:04:25 17:32:55+09:00, 2012:04:25 17:52:01+09:00, 2012:04:25 18:03:54+09:00, 2012:04:25 18:15:56+09:00, 2012:04:25 18:16:21+09:00, 2012:04:25 19:22:01+09:00, 2012:04:25 19:37:57+09:00, 2012:04:25 19:50:59+09:00, 2012:04:25 20:02:32+09:00, 2012:04:25 20:03:57+09:00, 2012:04:25 20:19:01+09:00, 2012:04:25 20:22:33+09:00, 2012:04:25 20:25:41+09:00, 2012:04:25 20:28:50+09:00, 2012:04:25 20:29:33+09:00, 2012:04:25 20:34:01+09:00, 2012:04:25 20:47:43+09:00, 2012:04:25 21:47:49+09:00, 2012:04:26 09:53:26+09:00, 2012:04:26 10:45:52+09:00, 2012:04:26 11:11:25+09:00, 2012:04:26 11:38:52+09:00, 2012:04:26 11:39:49+09:00, 2012:04:26 14:12:53+09:00, 2012:04:26 15:01:28+09:00, 2012:04:26 15:22:02+09:00, 2012:04:26 17:02:33+09:00, 2012:04:26 17:07:10+09:00, 2012:04:26 17:18:01+09:00, 2012:04:26 17:39:52+09:00, 2012:04:26 17:44:27+09:00, 2012:04:26 18:07:42+09:00, 2012:04:26 18:19:42+09:00, 2012:04:26 18:37:21+09:00, 2012:04:26 18:41:04+09:00, 2012:04:26 18:41:22+09:00, 2012:04:26 20:11:54+09:00, 2012:04:26 20:16:06+09:00, 2012:04:26 20:18:44+09:00, 2012:04:26 20:22:01+09:00, 2012:04:26 21:17:41+09:00, 2012:05:07 12:00:40+09:00, 2012:05:07 12:00:42+09:00, 2012:05:07 13:09:46+09:00, 2012:05:07 14:43:13+09:00, 2012:05:07 19:14:13+09:00, 2012:05:07 19:16:11+09:00, 2012:05:07 20:06:16+09:00, 2012:05:07 21:29:17+09:00, 2012:05:07 21:29:34+09:00, 2012:05:07 22:31:22+09:00, 2012:05:09 18:55:13+09:00, 2012:05:09 18:56:44+09:00, 2012:05:09 18:57:34+09:00, 2012:05:09 18:58:06+09:00, 2012:05:09 18:58:55+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:09:28+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:11:08+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:12:58+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:15:29+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:15:59+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:17:13+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:19:41+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:21:28+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:22:21+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:39:53+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:43:42+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:51:03+09:00, 2012:05:09 19:51:26+09:00, 2012:05:09 22:00:23+09:00, 2012:05:09 22:10:40+09:00, 2012:05:09 22:16:09+09:00, 2012:05:09 22:24:12+09:00, 2012:05:10 10:08:17+09:00, 2012:05:10 11:08:37+09:00, 2012:05:10 11:11:33+09:00, 2012:05:10 11:13:51+09:00, 2012:05:10 11:16:10+09:00, 2012:05:10 11:16:47+09:00, 2012:05:10 11:25:57+09:00, 2012:05:10 11:27:33+09:00, 2012:05:10 11:28:42+09:00, 2012:05:10 11:48:19+09:00, 2012:05:10 11:58:09+09:00, 2012:05:10 13:04+09:00, 2012:05:10 14:00:52+09:00, 2012:05:10 14:15:04+09:00, 2012:05:10 14:20:50+09:00, 2012:05:10 15:48:11+09:00, 2012:05:10 15:51:36+09:00, 2012:05:10 16:01:08+09:00, 2012:05:10 16:04:54+09:00, 2012:05:10 17:38:43+09:00, 2012:05:10 18:03:17+09:00, 2012:05:10 18:05:40+09:00, 2012:05:10 18:38:12+09:00, 2012:05:10 18:38:47+09:00, 2012:05:10 18:40:11+09:00, 2012:05:10 18:42:40+09:00, 2012:05:10 19:17:21+09:00, 2012:05:10 19:18:08+09:00, 2012:05:10 19:20:15+09:00, 2012:05:10 19:24:07+09:00, 2012:05:10 19:26:04+09:00, 2012:05:10 19:26:41+09:00, 2012:05:10 19:28:14+09:00, 2012:05:10 19:37:03+09:00, 2012:05:10 19:57:36+09:00, 2012:05:10 20:02:39+09:00, 2012:05:10 21:06:51+09:00, 2012:05:10 22:48:05+09:00, 2012:05:11 09:59:22+09:00, 2012:05:11 10:16:21+09:00, 2012:05:11 10:44:16+09:00, 2012:05:11 11:11:17+09:00, 2012:05:11 11:14:30+09:00, 2012:05:11 11:22:58+09:00, 2012:05:11 13:19:18+09:00, 2012:05:11 13:20:03+09:00, 2012:05:11 13:21:05+09:00, 2012:05:11 14:07:28+09:00, 2012:05:11 14:24:36+09:00, 2012:05:11 15:14:40+09:00, 2012:05:11 15:19:18+09:00, 2012:05:11 15:41:28+09:00, 2012:05:11 15:53:16+09:00, 2012:05:11 16:08:18+09:00, 2012:05:11 16:33:51+09:00, 2012:05:11 16:45:31+09:00, 2012:05:11 16:47:23+09:00, 2012:05:11 17:48:13+09:00, 2012:05:11 17:51:27+09:00, 2012:05:11 18:00:49+09:00, 2012:05:11 18:32:35+09:00, 2012:05:11 18:48:28+09:00, 2012:05:11 20:18:52+09:00, 2012:05:14 09:45:50+09:00, 2012:05:14 09:52:39+09:00, 2012:05:14 09:57:08+09:00, 2012:05:14 10:38:29+09:00, 2012:05:16 11:12:08+09:00, 2012:05:16 11:13:43+09:00, 2012:05:16 11:16:59+09:00, 2012:05:16 12:05:19+09:00, 2012:05:16 17:46:48+09:00, 2012:05:16 17:49:52+09:00, 2012:05:16 18:29:07+09:00, 2012:05:16 19:20:17+09:00, 2012:05:16 19:52:36+09:00, 2012:05:16 20:54:58+09:00, 2012:05:16 21:18:58+09:00, 2012:05:16 21:21:48+09:00, 2012:05:16 21:50:05+09:00, 2012:05:16 22:00:05+09:00, 2012:05:16 22:10:12+09:00, 2012:05:16 22:14:23+09:00, 2012:05:16 22:17:13+09:00, 2012:05:18 17:00:36+09:00, 2012:05:18 17:12:21+09:00, 2012:05:18 17:20:30+09:00, 2012:05:18 18:20:42+09:00, 2012:05:18 19:37:23+09:00, 2012:05:18 20:36:19+09:00, 2012:05:18 20:37:27+09:00, 2012:05:21 15:29:29+09:00, 2012:05:21 15:29:33+09:00, 2012:05:21 16:57:24+09:00, 2012:05:21 18:40:40+09:00, 2012:05:21 18:41:20+09:00, 2012:05:22 17:35:47+09:00, 2012:05:23 14:27:26+09:00, 2012:05:23 14:30:53+09:00, 2012:05:23 17:20:58+09:00, 2012:05:23 17:35:56+09:00, 2012:05:23 17:43:14+09:00, 2012:05:23 17:53:14+09:00, 2012:05:23 17:59:48+09:00, 2012:05:23 18:33:40+09:00, 2012:05:23 18:35:49+09:00, 2012:05:23 18:37:29+09:00, 2012:05:23 18:41:17+09:00, 2012:05:23 18:44:36+09:00, 2012:05:23 18:44:57+09:00, 2012:05:23 19:14:37+09:00, 2012:05:23 19:15:49+09:00, 2012:05:23 19:16:58+09:00, 2012:05:23 20:42:44+09:00, 2012:05:23 20:46:06+09:00, 2012:05:23 21:07:53+09:00, 2012:05:23 21:30:24+09:00, 2012:05:23 21:45:17+09:00, 2012:05:23 22:49:45+09:00, 2012:05:24 09:59:30+09:00, 2012:05:24 10:00:42+09:00, 2012:05:24 10:59:17+09:00, 2012:05:24 12:40:02+09:00, 2012:05:29 11:48:50+09:00, 2012:05:29 11:52:23+09:00, 2012:05:29 11:53:07+09:00, 2012:05:29 12:03:45+09:00, 2012:05:29 12:32:43+09:00, 2012:05:29 12:37:22+09:00, 2012:05:29 12:38:45+09:00, 2012:05:29 12:39:46+09:00, 2012:05:29 12:40:21+09:00, 2012:05:29 12:41:40+09:00, 2012:05:29 12:41:56+09:00, 2012:05:29 13:18:13+09:00, 2012:05:29 13:19:11+09:00, 2012:05:29 13:20:05+09:00, 2012:05:29 13:31:41+09:00, 2012:05:29 18:04:19+09:00, 2012:05:30 17:53:07+09:00, 2012:06:05 11:00:56+09:00, 2012:06:05 11:17:18+09:00, 2012:06:07 16:24:57+09:00, 2012:06:07 17:04:50+09:00, 2012:06:07 17:39:52+09:00, 2012:06:07 19:42:34+09:00, 2012:06:07 20:55:19+09:00, 2012:06:07 21:27:06+09:00, 2012:06:07 21:33:37+09:00, 2012:06:07 21:40:03+09:00, 2012:06:07 21:41:51+09:00, 2012:06:07 21:44:26+09:00, 2012:06:07 21:44:49+09:00, 2012:06:11 21:28:01+09:00, 2012:06:12 10:04:33+09:00, 2012:06:12 10:19:07+09:00, 2012:06:15 17:12:40+09:00, 2012:06:15 17:13:43+09:00, 2012:06:19 10:18:31+09:00, 2012:06:19 10:18:32+09:00, 2013:01:18 11:05:19+09:00, 2013:01:18 11:06:46+09:00, 2013:01:18 11:06:48+09:00, 2013:01:18 16:36:53+09:00, 2013:01:18 16:42:49+09:00, 2013:01:21 17:49:10+09:00, 2013:01:21 17:58:21+09:00, 2013:01:21 18:00:33+09:00, 2013:01:21 18:04:36+09:00, 2013:01:21 18:17:30+09:00, 2013:01:21 19:36:10+09:00, 2013:01:29 11:39:49+09:00 History Software Agent : Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0 History Changed : /, /metadata, /metadata, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /metadata, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /metadata, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /metadata, /, /metadata, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /metadata, /;/metadata, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /metadata, /;/metadata, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /metadata, /, /, /metadata, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, /, / Manifest Link Form : ReferenceStream, ReferenceStream, ReferenceStream Manifest Placed X Resolution : 72.00, 72.00, 72.00 Manifest Placed Y Resolution : 72.00, 72.00, 72.00 Manifest Placed Resolution Unit : Inches, Inches, Inches Manifest Reference Instance ID : uuid:8EC66FFAB25CDB119CE8957BD4F40A35, xmp.iid:E3A5FD25ABA3E1118191B02EEBCF8FAC, xmp.iid:6680C562A5D9DE1186D4E042061CDBB4 Manifest Reference Document ID : uuid:8DC66FFAB25CDB119CE8957BD4F40A35, xmp.did:E3A5FD25ABA3E1118191B02EEBCF8FAC, xmp.did:6680C562A5D9DE1186D4E042061CDBB4 Metadata Date : 2013:02:13 11:55:21+09:00 Creator Tool : Adobe InDesign CS4_J (6.0) Thumbnail Format : JPEG Thumbnail Width : 256 Thumbnail Height : 256 Thumbnail Image : (Binary data 10975 bytes, use -b option to extract) Doc Change Count : 14669 Format : application/pdf Producer : Adobe PDF Library 9.0 Trapped : False Page Count : 132EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools